src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  33 #endif
  34
  35 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  36 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  37 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  38 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  39
  40 #include "wx/grid.h"
  41 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  42
  43 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  44     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  45 #else
  46     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  47 #endif
  48
  49 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  50     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  51 #else
  52     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  53 #endif
  54
  55 // Required for wxIs... functions
  56 #include <ctype.h>
  57
  58 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  59 // array classes
  60 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  61
  62 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  63                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  64
  65 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  66 {
  67     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  68         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  69     {
  70     }
  71
  72     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  73     {
  74         attr->DecRef();
  75     }
  76
  77     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  78     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  79
  80 // Cannot do this:
  81 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  82 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  83 };
  84
  85 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  86                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  87
  88 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  89
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  91 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  92
  93 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  94 // events
  95 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  96
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 115
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117 // private classes
 118 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 119
 120 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 121 {
 122 public:
 123     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 124     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 125                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 126
 127 private:
 128     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 129
 130     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 131     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 132     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 133     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 134     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 135     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 136
 137     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 139     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 140 };
 141
 142
 143 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 144 {
 145 public:
 146     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 147     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 148                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 149
 150 private:
 151     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 152
 153     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 154     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 155     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 156     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 157     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 158     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 159
 160     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 162     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 163 };
 164
 165
 166 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 167 {
 168 public:
 169     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 170     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 171                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 172
 173 private:
 174     wxGrid *m_owner;
 175
 176     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 177     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 178     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 179     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 180     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 181     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 182
 183     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 185     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 186 };
 187
 188 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 189 {
 190 public:
 191     wxGridWindow()
 192     {
 193         m_owner = NULL;
 194         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 195         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 196     }
 197
 198     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 199                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 200                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 201                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 202     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 203
 204     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 205
 206     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 207
 208 private:
 209     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 210     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 211     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 212
 213     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 214     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 215     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 216     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 218     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 219     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 220     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 221
 222     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 224     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 225 };
 226
 227
 228 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 229 {
 230 public:
 231     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 232         : m_grid(grid),
 233           m_editor(editor),
 234           m_inSetFocus(false)
 235     {
 236     }
 237
 238     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 239     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 240     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 241
 242     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 243
 244 private:
 245     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 246     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 247
 248     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 249     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 250     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 251
 252     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 253     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 254     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 255 };
 256
 257
 258 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 259
 260 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 261     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 262     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 263     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 264 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 265
 266
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 269 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 270
 271 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 272 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 273 {
 274 public:
 275     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 276     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 277     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 278     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 279
 280 private:
 281     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 282     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 283
 284     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 285 };
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 292     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 293     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 294
 295     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 296     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 297     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 298
 299 private:
 300     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 301     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 302 };
 303
 304 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 305 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 306 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 307 {
 308 public:
 309     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 310     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 311                            m_colAttrs;
 312 };
 313
 314
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316 // data structures used for the data type registry
 317 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 318
 319 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 320 {
 321     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 322                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 323                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 324         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 325         {}
 326
 327     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 328     {
 329         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 330         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 331     }
 332
 333     wxString            m_typeName;
 334     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 335     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 336
 337     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 338 };
 339
 340
 341 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 342                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 343
 344
 345 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 346 {
 347 public:
 348   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 349     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 350
 351     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 352                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 353                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 354
 355     // find one of already registered data types
 356     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 357
 358     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 359     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 360     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 361
 362     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 363     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 364     // registered data type and set params for it
 365     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 366
 367     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 368     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 369
 370 private:
 371     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 372 };
 373
 374
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376 // conditional compilation
 377 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 378
 379 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 380 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 381 #endif
 382
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384 // globals
 385 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 386
 387 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 388 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 389     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 390     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 391 #endif
 392
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394 // constants
 395 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 396
 397 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 398 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 399
 400 // scroll line size
 401 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 402 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 403 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 404 //
 405 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 406 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 407 //       -- Robin
 408 //
 409 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 410 //       fixing anyhow
 411 //       -- Vadim
 412 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 413 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 414
 415 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 416 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 417 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 418
 419 #if 0
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421 // private functions
 422 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 423
 424 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 425 {
 426     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 427 }
 428
 429 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 430 {
 431     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 432 }
 433 #endif
 434
 435 // ============================================================================
 436 // implementation
 437 // ============================================================================
 438
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440 // wxGridCellEditor
 441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 442
 443 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 444 {
 445     m_control = NULL;
 446     m_attr = NULL;
 447 }
 448
 449 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 450 {
 451     Destroy();
 452 }
 453
 454 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 455                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 456                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 457 {
 458     if ( evtHandler )
 459         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 460 }
 461
 462 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 463                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 464 {
 465     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 466     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 467     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 468     if (gridWindow)
 469         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 470
 471     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 472     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 473     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 474
 475     // redraw the control we just painted over
 476     m_control->Refresh();
 477 }
 478
 479 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 480 {
 481     if (m_control)
 482     {
 483         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 484
 485         m_control->Destroy();
 486         m_control = NULL;
 487     }
 488 }
 489
 490 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 491 {
 492     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 493
 494     m_control->Show(show);
 495
 496     if ( show )
 497     {
 498         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 499         if ( attr )
 500         {
 501             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 502             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 503
 504             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 505             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 506
 507 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 508 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 509             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 510             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 511 #endif
 512
 513             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 514             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 515         }
 516     }
 517     else
 518     {
 519         // restore the standard colours fonts
 520         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 521         {
 522             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 523             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 524         }
 525
 526         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 527         {
 528             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 529             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 530         }
 531
 532 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 533 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 534         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 535         {
 536             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 537             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 538         }
 539 #endif
 540     }
 541 }
 542
 543 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 544 {
 545     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 546
 547     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 548 }
 549
 550 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 551 {
 552     event.Skip();
 553 }
 554
 555 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 556 {
 557     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 558     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 559
 560 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 561     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 562     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 563     alt = event.MetaDown();
 564 #endif
 565
 566     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 567     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 568     // through in that case.
 569     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 570         return false;
 571
 572     int key = 0;
 573     bool keyOk = true;
 574
 575 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 576     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 577     // editor.
 578     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 579         return false;
 580 #endif
 581 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 582     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 583     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 584     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 585     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 586     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 587     if (key <= 127)
 588     {
 589         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 590         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 591     }
 592 #else
 593     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 594     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 595 #endif
 596
 597     return keyOk;
 598 }
 599
 600 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 601 {
 602     event.Skip();
 603 }
 604
 605 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 606 {
 607 }
 608
 609 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 610
 611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 612 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 614
 615 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 616 {
 617     m_maxChars = 0;
 618 }
 619
 620 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 621                                   wxWindowID id,
 622                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 623 {
 624     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 625                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 626 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 627                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | wxNO_BORDER
 628 #endif
 629                               );
 630
 631     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 632     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 633     {
 634         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 635     }
 636
 637     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 638 }
 639
 640 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 641                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 642 {
 643     // as we fill the entire client area,
 644     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 645 }
 646
 647 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 648 {
 649     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 650
 651     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 652     //
 653     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 654     //
 655 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 656     if (rect.x != 0)
 657     {
 658         rect.x += 1;
 659         rect.y += 1;
 660         rect.width -= 1;
 661         rect.height -= 1;
 662     }
 663 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 664     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 665         rect.x += 2;
 666     else
 667         rect.x += 3;
 668
 669     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 670         rect.y += 2;
 671     else
 672         rect.y += 3;
 673
 674     rect.width -= 2;
 675     rect.height -= 2;
 676 #else
 677     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 678     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 679
 680     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 681         extra_x *= 2;
 682         extra_y *= 2;
 683     #endif
 684
 685     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 686     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 687     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 688     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 689 #endif
 690
 691     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 692 }
 693
 694 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 695 {
 696     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 697
 698     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 699
 700     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 701 }
 702
 703 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 704 {
 705     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 706     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 707     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 708     Text()->SetFocus();
 709 }
 710
 711 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 712 {
 713     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 714
 715     bool changed = false;
 716     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 717     if (value != m_startValue)
 718         changed = true;
 719
 720     if (changed)
 721         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 722
 723     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 724
 725     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 726     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 727
 728     return changed;
 729 }
 730
 731 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 732 {
 733     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 734
 735     DoReset(m_startValue);
 736 }
 737
 738 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 739 {
 740     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 741     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 742 }
 743
 744 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 745 {
 746     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 747 }
 748
 749 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 750 {
 751     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 752     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 753     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 754     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 755
 756     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 757     wxChar ch;
 758     long pos;
 759
 760 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 761     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 762     if (ch <= 127)
 763         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 764 #else
 765     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 766 #endif
 767
 768     switch (ch)
 769     {
 770         case WXK_DELETE:
 771             // delete the character at the cursor
 772             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 773             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 774                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 775             break;
 776
 777         case WXK_BACK:
 778             // delete the character before the cursor
 779             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 780             if (pos > 0)
 781                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 782             break;
 783
 784         default:
 785             tc->WriteText(ch);
 786             break;
 787     }
 788 }
 789
 790 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 791                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 792 {
 793 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 794     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 795     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 796     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 797     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 798     Text()->SetValue(s);
 799     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 800 #else
 801     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 802     //
 803     event.Skip();
 804 #endif
 805 }
 806
 807 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 808 {
 809     if ( !params )
 810     {
 811         // reset to default
 812         m_maxChars = 0;
 813     }
 814     else
 815     {
 816         long tmp;
 817         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 818         {
 819             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 820         }
 821         else
 822         {
 823             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 824         }
 825     }
 826 }
 827
 828 // return the value in the text control
 829 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 830 {
 831     return Text()->GetValue();
 832 }
 833
 834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 835 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 837
 838 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 839 {
 840     m_min = min;
 841     m_max = max;
 842 }
 843
 844 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 845                                     wxWindowID id,
 846                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 847 {
 848 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 849     if ( HasRange() )
 850     {
 851         // create a spin ctrl
 852         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 853                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 854                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 855                                    m_min, m_max);
 856
 857         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 858     }
 859     else
 860 #endif
 861     {
 862         // just a text control
 863         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 864
 865 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 866         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 867 #endif
 868     }
 869 }
 870
 871 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 872 {
 873     // first get the value
 874     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 875     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 876     {
 877         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 878     }
 879     else
 880     {
 881         m_valueOld = 0;
 882         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 883         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 884         {
 885             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 886             return;
 887         }
 888     }
 889
 890 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 891     if ( HasRange() )
 892     {
 893         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 894         Spin()->SetFocus();
 895     }
 896     else
 897 #endif
 898     {
 899         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 900     }
 901 }
 902
 903 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 904                                      wxGrid* grid)
 905 {
 906     bool changed;
 907     long value = 0;
 908     wxString text;
 909
 910 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 911     if ( HasRange() )
 912     {
 913         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 914         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 915         if (changed)
 916             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 917     }
 918     else
 919 #endif
 920     {
 921         text = Text()->GetValue();
 922         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 923     }
 924
 925     if ( changed )
 926     {
 927         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 928             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 929         else
 930             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 931     }
 932
 933     return changed;
 934 }
 935
 936 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 937 {
 938 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 939     if ( HasRange() )
 940     {
 941         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 942     }
 943     else
 944 #endif
 945     {
 946         DoReset(GetString());
 947     }
 948 }
 949
 950 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 951 {
 952     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 953     {
 954         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 955         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 956              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 957         {
 958             return true;
 959         }
 960     }
 961
 962     return false;
 963 }
 964
 965 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 966 {
 967     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 968     if ( !HasRange() )
 969     {
 970         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 971         {
 972             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 973
 974             // skip Skip() below
 975             return;
 976         }
 977     }
 978 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 979     else
 980     {
 981         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 982         {
 983             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 984             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 985             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 986             return;
 987         }
 988     }
 989 #endif
 990
 991     event.Skip();
 992 }
 993
 994 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 995 {
 996     if ( !params )
 997     {
 998         // reset to default
 999         m_min =
1000         m_max = -1;
1001     }
1002     else
1003     {
1004         long tmp;
1005         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1006         {
1007             m_min = (int)tmp;
1008
1009             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1010             {
1011                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1012
1013                 // skip the error message below
1014                 return;
1015             }
1016         }
1017
1018         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1019     }
1020 }
1021
1022 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1023 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1024 {
1025     wxString s;
1026
1027 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1028     if ( HasRange() )
1029     {
1030         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1031         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1032     }
1033     else
1034 #endif
1035     {
1036         s = Text()->GetValue();
1037     }
1038
1039     return s;
1040 }
1041
1042 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1043 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1044 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1045
1046 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1047 {
1048     m_width = width;
1049     m_precision = precision;
1050 }
1051
1052 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1053                                    wxWindowID id,
1054                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1055 {
1056     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1057
1058 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1059     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1060 #endif
1061 }
1062
1063 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1064 {
1065     // first get the value
1066     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1067     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1068     {
1069         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1070     }
1071     else
1072     {
1073         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1074         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1075         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1076         {
1077             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1078             return;
1079         }
1080     }
1081
1082     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1083 }
1084
1085 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1086                                      wxGrid* grid)
1087 {
1088     double value = 0.0;
1089     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1090
1091     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1092             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1093     {
1094         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1095             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1096         else
1097             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1098
1099         return true;
1100     }
1101
1102     return false;
1103 }
1104
1105 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1106 {
1107     DoReset(GetString());
1108 }
1109
1110 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1111 {
1112     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1113     char tmpbuf[2];
1114     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1115     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1116     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1117
1118 #if wxUSE_INTL
1119     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1120        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1121 #else
1122     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1123 #endif
1124
1125     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1126          || is_decimal_point )
1127     {
1128         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1129
1130         // skip Skip() below
1131         return;
1132     }
1133
1134     event.Skip();
1135 }
1136
1137 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1138 {
1139     if ( !params )
1140     {
1141         // reset to default
1142         m_width =
1143         m_precision = -1;
1144     }
1145     else
1146     {
1147         long tmp;
1148         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1149         {
1150             m_width = (int)tmp;
1151
1152             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1153             {
1154                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1155
1156                 // skip the error message below
1157                 return;
1158             }
1159         }
1160
1161         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1162     }
1163 }
1164
1165 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1166 {
1167     wxString fmt;
1168     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1169     {
1170         // default precision
1171         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1172     }
1173     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1174     {
1175         // default width
1176         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1177     }
1178     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1179     {
1180         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1181     }
1182     else
1183     {
1184         // default width/precision
1185         fmt = _T("%f");
1186     }
1187
1188     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1189 }
1190
1191 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1194     {
1195         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1196         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1197         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1198         char tmpbuf[2];
1199         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1200         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1201         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1202
1203 #if wxUSE_INTL
1204         bool is_decimal_point =
1205             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1206                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1207 #else
1208         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1209 #endif
1210
1211         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1212              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1213               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1214         {
1215             return true;
1216         }
1217     }
1218
1219     return false;
1220 }
1221
1222 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1223
1224 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1225
1226 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1227 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1228 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1229
1230 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1231                                   wxWindowID id,
1232                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1233 {
1234     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1235                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1236                                wxNO_BORDER);
1237
1238     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1239 }
1240
1241 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1242 {
1243     bool resize = false;
1244     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1245     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1246
1247     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1248     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1249     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1250     {
1251         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1252         size = sizeBest;
1253
1254         resize = true;
1255     }
1256
1257     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1258     {
1259         // leave 1 pixel margin
1260         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1261
1262         resize = true;
1263     }
1264
1265     if ( resize )
1266     {
1267         m_control->SetSize(size);
1268     }
1269
1270     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1271
1272 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1273     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1274     // so shift it to the right
1275     size.x -= 8;
1276 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1277     // here too, but in other way
1278     size.x += 1;
1279     size.y -= 2;
1280 #endif
1281
1282     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1283     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1284     if (GetCellAttr())
1285         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1286
1287     int x = 0, y = 0;
1288     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1289     {
1290         x = r.x + 2;
1291
1292 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1293         x += 2;
1294 #endif
1295
1296         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1297     }
1298     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1299     {
1300         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1301         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1302     }
1303     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1304     {
1305         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1306         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1307     }
1308
1309     m_control->Move(x, y);
1310 }
1311
1312 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1313 {
1314     m_control->Show(show);
1315
1316     if ( show )
1317     {
1318         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1319         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1320     }
1321 }
1322
1323 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1324 {
1325     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1326                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1327
1328     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1329     {
1330         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1331     }
1332     else
1333     {
1334         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1335         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1336     }
1337
1338     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1339     CBox()->SetFocus();
1340 }
1341
1342 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1343                                    wxGrid* grid)
1344 {
1345     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1346                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1347
1348     bool changed = false;
1349     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1350     if ( value != m_startValue )
1351         changed = true;
1352
1353     if ( changed )
1354     {
1355         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1356             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1357         else
1358             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1359     }
1360
1361     return changed;
1362 }
1363
1364 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1365 {
1366     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1367                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1368
1369     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1370 }
1371
1372 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1373 {
1374     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1375 }
1376
1377 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1378 {
1379     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1380     {
1381         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1382         switch ( keycode )
1383         {
1384             case WXK_SPACE:
1385             case '+':
1386             case '-':
1387                 return true;
1388         }
1389     }
1390
1391     return false;
1392 }
1393
1394 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1395 {
1396     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1397     switch ( keycode )
1398     {
1399         case WXK_SPACE:
1400             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1401             break;
1402
1403         case '+':
1404             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1405             break;
1406
1407         case '-':
1408             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1409             break;
1410     }
1411 }
1412
1413
1414 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1415 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1416 {
1417   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1418   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1419 }
1420
1421 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1422
1423 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1424
1425 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1426 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1427 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1428
1429 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1430                                                bool allowOthers)
1431     : m_choices(choices),
1432       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1433
1434 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1435                                                const wxString choices[],
1436                                                bool allowOthers)
1437                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1438 {
1439     if ( count )
1440     {
1441         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1442         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1443         {
1444             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1445         }
1446     }
1447 }
1448
1449 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1450 {
1451     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1452     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1453     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1454
1455     return editor;
1456 }
1457
1458 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1459                                     wxWindowID id,
1460                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1461 {
1462     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1463                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1464                                m_choices,
1465                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1466
1467     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1468 }
1469
1470 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1471                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1472 {
1473     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1474     // flicker
1475
1476     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1477     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1478     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1479     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1480 }
1481
1482 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1483 {
1484     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1485                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1486
1487     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1488     if (m_control)
1489         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1490
1491     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1492     if (evtHandler)
1493         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1494
1495     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1496
1497     if (m_allowOthers)
1498     {
1499         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1500     }
1501     else
1502     {
1503         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1504         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1505         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1506             pos = 0;
1507         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1508     }
1509
1510     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1511     Combo()->SetFocus();
1512
1513     if (evtHandler)
1514     {
1515         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1516         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1517 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1518         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1519 #endif
1520     }
1521 }
1522
1523 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1524                                      wxGrid* grid)
1525 {
1526     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1527     if ( value == m_startValue )
1528         return false;
1529
1530     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1531
1532     return true;
1533 }
1534
1535 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1536 {
1537     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1538     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1539 }
1540
1541 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1542 {
1543     if ( !params )
1544     {
1545         // what can we do?
1546         return;
1547     }
1548
1549     m_choices.Empty();
1550
1551     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1552     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1553     {
1554         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1555     }
1556 }
1557
1558 // return the value in the text control
1559 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1560 {
1561   return Combo()->GetValue();
1562 }
1563
1564 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1565
1566 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1567 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1568 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1569
1570 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1571 {
1572     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1573     if (m_inSetFocus)
1574         return;
1575
1576     // accept changes
1577     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1578
1579     event.Skip();
1580 }
1581
1582 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1583 {
1584     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1585     {
1586         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1587             m_editor->Reset();
1588             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1589             break;
1590
1591         case WXK_TAB:
1592             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1593             break;
1594
1595         case WXK_RETURN:
1596         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1597             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1598                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1599             break;
1600
1601         default:
1602             event.Skip();
1603             break;
1604     }
1605 }
1606
1607 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1608 {
1609     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1610     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1611     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1612     int cw, ch;
1613     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1614
1615     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1616     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1617
1618     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1619     {
1620         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1621         case WXK_TAB:
1622         case WXK_RETURN:
1623         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1624             break;
1625
1626         case WXK_HOME:
1627         {
1628             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1629             {
1630                 // no special processing needed...
1631                 event.Skip();
1632                 break;
1633             }
1634
1635             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1636
1637             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1638             int colXPos = 0;
1639             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1640             {
1641                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1642             }
1643
1644             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1645             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1646             if (col != 0)
1647             {
1648                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1649             }
1650             else
1651             {
1652                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1653             }
1654             event.Skip();
1655             break;
1656         }
1657
1658         case WXK_END:
1659         {
1660             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1661             {
1662                 // no special processing needed...
1663                 event.Skip();
1664                 break;
1665             }
1666
1667             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1668
1669             int textWidth = 0;
1670             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1671             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1672             {
1673                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1674                 int y;
1675                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1676                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1677
1678                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1679                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1680
1681                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1682                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1683                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1684                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1685                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1686                 {
1687                     textWidth = 0;
1688                 }
1689             }
1690
1691             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1692             int colXPos = 0;
1693             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1694             {
1695                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1696             }
1697
1698             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1699             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1700             colXPos += textWidth;
1701
1702             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1703             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1704             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1705             event.Skip();
1706             break;
1707         }
1708
1709         default:
1710             event.Skip();
1711             break;
1712     }
1713 }
1714
1715 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1716 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1717 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1718 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1719
1720 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1721 {
1722     // nothing to do
1723 }
1724
1725 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1726 {
1727 }
1728
1729 // ============================================================================
1730 // renderer classes
1731 // ============================================================================
1732
1733 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1734 // wxGridCellRenderer
1735 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1736
1737 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1738                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1739                               wxDC& dc,
1740                               const wxRect& rect,
1741                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1742                               bool isSelected)
1743 {
1744     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1745
1746     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1747     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1748     {
1749         if ( isSelected )
1750         {
1751             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1752         }
1753         else
1754         {
1755             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1756         }
1757     }
1758     else
1759     {
1760         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1761     }
1762
1763     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1764     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1765 }
1766
1767 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1768 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1770
1771 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1772                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1773                                                      wxDC& dc,
1774                                                      bool isSelected)
1775 {
1776     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1777
1778     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1779
1780     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1781     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1782     {
1783         if ( isSelected )
1784         {
1785             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1786             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1787         }
1788         else
1789         {
1790             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1791             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1792         }
1793     }
1794     else
1795     {
1796         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1797         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1798     }
1799
1800     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1801 }
1802
1803 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1804                                                wxDC& dc,
1805                                                const wxString& text)
1806 {
1807     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1808     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1809     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1810     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1811     {
1812         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1813         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1814     }
1815
1816     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1817
1818     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1819 }
1820
1821 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1822                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1823                                              wxDC& dc,
1824                                              int row, int col)
1825 {
1826     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1827 }
1828
1829 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1830                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1831                                     wxDC& dc,
1832                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1833                                     int row, int col,
1834                                     bool isSelected)
1835 {
1836     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1837     rect.Inflate(-1);
1838
1839     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1840     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1841
1842     int hAlign, vAlign;
1843     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1844
1845     int overflowCols = 0;
1846
1847     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1848     {
1849         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1850         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1851         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1852         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1853         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1854         {
1855             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1856             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1857             {
1858                 bool is_empty = true;
1859                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1860                 {
1861                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1862                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1863                     if (c_rows > 0)
1864                         c_rows = 0;
1865                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1866                     {
1867                         is_empty = false;
1868                         break;
1869                     }
1870                 }
1871
1872                 if (is_empty)
1873                 {
1874                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1875                 }
1876                 else
1877                 {
1878                     i--;
1879                     break;
1880                 }
1881
1882                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1883                     break;
1884             }
1885
1886             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1887             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1888                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1889         }
1890
1891         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1892         {
1893             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1894             wxRect clip = rect;
1895             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1896             // draw each overflow cell individually
1897             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1898             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1899                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1900             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1901             {
1902                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1903                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1904                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1905
1906                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1907                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1908
1909                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1910                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1911                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1912             }
1913
1914             rect = rectCell;
1915             rect.Inflate(-1);
1916             rect.width++;
1917             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1918         }
1919     }
1920
1921     // now we only have to draw the text
1922     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1923
1924     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1925                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1926 }
1927
1928 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1929 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1930 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1931
1932 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1933 {
1934     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1935     wxString text;
1936     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1937     {
1938         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1939     }
1940     else
1941     {
1942         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1943     }
1944
1945     return text;
1946 }
1947
1948 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1949                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1950                                     wxDC& dc,
1951                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1952                                     int row, int col,
1953                                     bool isSelected)
1954 {
1955     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1956
1957     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1958
1959     // draw the text right aligned by default
1960     int hAlign, vAlign;
1961     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1962     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1963
1964     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1965     rect.Inflate(-1);
1966
1967     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1968 }
1969
1970 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1971                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1972                                              wxDC& dc,
1973                                              int row, int col)
1974 {
1975     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1976 }
1977
1978 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1979 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1980 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1981
1982 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1983 {
1984     SetWidth(width);
1985     SetPrecision(precision);
1986 }
1987
1988 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1989 {
1990     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1991     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1992     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1993     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1994
1995     return renderer;
1996 }
1997
1998 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1999 {
2000     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2001
2002     bool hasDouble;
2003     double val;
2004     wxString text;
2005     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2006     {
2007         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2008         hasDouble = true;
2009     }
2010     else
2011     {
2012         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2013         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2014     }
2015
2016     if ( hasDouble )
2017     {
2018         if ( !m_format )
2019         {
2020             if ( m_width == -1 )
2021             {
2022                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2023                 {
2024                     // default width/precision
2025                     m_format = _T("%f");
2026                 }
2027                 else
2028                 {
2029                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2030                 }
2031             }
2032             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2033             {
2034                 // default precision
2035                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2036             }
2037             else
2038             {
2039                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2040             }
2041         }
2042
2043         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2044
2045     }
2046     //else: text already contains the string
2047
2048     return text;
2049 }
2050
2051 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2052                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2053                                    wxDC& dc,
2054                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2055                                    int row, int col,
2056                                    bool isSelected)
2057 {
2058     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2059
2060     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2061
2062     // draw the text right aligned by default
2063     int hAlign, vAlign;
2064     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2065     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2066
2067     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2068     rect.Inflate(-1);
2069
2070     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2071 }
2072
2073 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2074                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2075                                             wxDC& dc,
2076                                             int row, int col)
2077 {
2078     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2079 }
2080
2081 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2082 {
2083     if ( !params )
2084     {
2085         // reset to defaults
2086         SetWidth(-1);
2087         SetPrecision(-1);
2088     }
2089     else
2090     {
2091         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2092         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2093         {
2094             long width;
2095             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2096             {
2097                 SetWidth((int)width);
2098             }
2099             else
2100             {
2101                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2102             }
2103         }
2104
2105         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2106         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2107         {
2108             long precision;
2109             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2110             {
2111                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2112             }
2113             else
2114             {
2115                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2116             }
2117         }
2118     }
2119 }
2120
2121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2122 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2124
2125 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2126
2127 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2128
2129 // between checkmark and box
2130 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2131
2132 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2133                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2134                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2135                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2136                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2137 {
2138     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2139     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2140     {
2141         // get checkbox size
2142         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2143         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2144         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2145
2146         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2147 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2148         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2149 #endif
2150
2151         delete checkbox;
2152
2153         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2154     }
2155
2156     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2157 }
2158
2159 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2160                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2161                                   wxDC& dc,
2162                                   const wxRect& rect,
2163                                   int row, int col,
2164                                   bool isSelected)
2165 {
2166     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2167
2168     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2169     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2170
2171     // don't draw outside the cell
2172     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2173     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2174     {
2175         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2176         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2177     }
2178
2179     // draw a border around checkmark
2180     int vAlign, hAlign;
2181     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2182
2183     wxRect rectBorder;
2184     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2185     {
2186         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2187         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2188         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2189         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2190     }
2191     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2192     {
2193         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2194         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2195         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2196         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2197     }
2198     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2199     {
2200         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2201         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2202         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2203         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2204     }
2205
2206     bool value;
2207     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2208     {
2209         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2210     }
2211     else
2212     {
2213         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2214         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2215     }
2216
2217     if ( value )
2218     {
2219         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2220
2221 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2222         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2223         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2224         rectMark.x++;
2225         rectMark.y++;
2226 #else
2227         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2228 #endif
2229
2230         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2231         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2232     }
2233
2234     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2235     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2236     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2237 }
2238
2239 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2240 // wxGridCellAttr
2241 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2242
2243 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2244 {
2245     m_nRef = 1;
2246
2247     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2248
2249     m_renderer = NULL;
2250     m_editor = NULL;
2251
2252     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2253
2254     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2255     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2256
2257     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2258 }
2259
2260 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2261 {
2262     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2263
2264     if ( HasTextColour() )
2265         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2266     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2267         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2268     if ( HasFont() )
2269         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2270     if ( HasAlignment() )
2271         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2272
2273     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2274
2275     if ( m_renderer )
2276     {
2277         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2278         m_renderer->IncRef();
2279     }
2280     if ( m_editor )
2281     {
2282         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2283         m_editor->IncRef();
2284     }
2285
2286     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2287         attr->SetReadOnly();
2288
2289     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2290
2291     return attr;
2292 }
2293
2294 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2295 {
2296     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2297         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2298     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2299         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2300     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2301         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2302     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2303     {
2304         int hAlign, vAlign;
2305         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2306         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2307     }
2308     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2309         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2310
2311     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2312     // m_renderer/m_editor
2313     //
2314     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2315     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2316     {
2317         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2318         m_renderer->IncRef();
2319     }
2320     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2321     {
2322         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2323         m_editor->IncRef();
2324     }
2325     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2326         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2327
2328     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2329         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2330
2331     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2332 }
2333
2334 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2335 {
2336     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2337
2338     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2339     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2340     // set to negative or zero values such that
2341     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2342     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2343
2344     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2345
2346     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2347                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2348                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2349                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2350
2351     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2352     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2353 }
2354
2355 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2356 {
2357     if (HasTextColour())
2358     {
2359         return m_colText;
2360     }
2361     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2362     {
2363         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2364     }
2365     else
2366     {
2367         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2368         return wxNullColour;
2369     }
2370 }
2371
2372 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2373 {
2374     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2375     {
2376         return m_colBack;
2377     }
2378     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2379     {
2380         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2381     }
2382     else
2383     {
2384         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2385         return wxNullColour;
2386     }
2387 }
2388
2389 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2390 {
2391     if (HasFont())
2392     {
2393         return m_font;
2394     }
2395     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2396     {
2397         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2398     }
2399     else
2400     {
2401         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2402         return wxNullFont;
2403     }
2404 }
2405
2406 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2407 {
2408     if (HasAlignment())
2409     {
2410         if ( hAlign )
2411             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2412         if ( vAlign )
2413             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2414     }
2415     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2416     {
2417         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     else
2420     {
2421         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2422     }
2423 }
2424
2425 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2426 {
2427     if ( num_rows )
2428         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2429     if ( num_cols )
2430         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2431 }
2432
2433 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2434 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2435 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2436 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2437 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2438 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2439
2440 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2441 {
2442     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2443
2444     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2445     {
2446         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2447         renderer = m_renderer;
2448         renderer->IncRef();
2449     }
2450     else // no non-default cell renderer
2451     {
2452         // get default renderer for the data type
2453         if ( grid )
2454         {
2455             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2456             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2457         }
2458
2459         if ( renderer == NULL )
2460         {
2461             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2462             {
2463                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2464                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2465                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2466             }
2467             else // default grid attr
2468             {
2469                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2470                 renderer = m_renderer;
2471                 if ( renderer )
2472                     renderer->IncRef();
2473             }
2474         }
2475     }
2476
2477     // we're supposed to always find something
2478     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2479
2480     return renderer;
2481 }
2482
2483 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2484 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2485 {
2486     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2487
2488     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2489     {
2490         // use the cells editor if it has one
2491         editor = m_editor;
2492         editor->IncRef();
2493     }
2494     else // no non default cell editor
2495     {
2496         // get default editor for the data type
2497         if ( grid )
2498         {
2499             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2500             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2501         }
2502
2503         if ( editor == NULL )
2504         {
2505             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2506             {
2507                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2508                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2509                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2510             }
2511             else // default grid attr
2512             {
2513                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2514                 editor = m_editor;
2515                 if ( editor )
2516                     editor->IncRef();
2517             }
2518         }
2519     }
2520
2521     // we're supposed to always find something
2522     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2523
2524     return editor;
2525 }
2526
2527 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2528 // wxGridCellAttrData
2529 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2530
2531 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2532 {
2533     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2534     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2535     {
2536         // add the attribute
2537         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2538     }
2539     else
2540     {
2541         // free the old attribute
2542         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2543
2544         if ( attr )
2545         {
2546             // change the attribute
2547             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2548         }
2549         else
2550         {
2551             // remove this attribute
2552             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2553         }
2554     }
2555 }
2556
2557 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2558 {
2559     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2560
2561     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2562     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2563     {
2564         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2565         attr->IncRef();
2566     }
2567
2568     return attr;
2569 }
2570
2571 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2572 {
2573     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2574     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2575     {
2576         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2577         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2578         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2579         {
2580             if (numRows > 0)
2581             {
2582                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2583                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2584             }
2585             else if (numRows < 0)
2586             {
2587                 // If rows deleted ...
2588                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2589                 {
2590                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2591                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2592                 }
2593                 else
2594                 {
2595                     // ...or remove the attribute
2596                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2597                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2598                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2599                     n--;
2600                     count--;
2601                 }
2602             }
2603         }
2604     }
2605 }
2606
2607 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2608 {
2609     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2610     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2611     {
2612         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2613         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2614         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2615         {
2616             if ( numCols > 0 )
2617             {
2618                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2619                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2620             }
2621             else if (numCols < 0)
2622             {
2623                 // If rows deleted ...
2624                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2625                 {
2626                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2627                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2628                 }
2629                 else
2630                 {
2631                     // ...or remove the attribute
2632                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2633                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2634                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2635                     n--;
2636                     count--;
2637                 }
2638             }
2639         }
2640     }
2641 }
2642
2643 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2644 {
2645     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2646     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2647     {
2648         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2649         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2650         {
2651             return n;
2652         }
2653     }
2654
2655     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2656 }
2657
2658 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2659 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2660 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2661
2662 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2663 {
2664     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2665     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2666     {
2667         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2668     }
2669 }
2670
2671 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2672 {
2673     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2674
2675     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2676     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2677     {
2678         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2679         attr->IncRef();
2680     }
2681
2682     return attr;
2683 }
2684
2685 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2686 {
2687     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2688     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2689     {
2690         // add the attribute
2691         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2692         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2693     }
2694     else
2695     {
2696         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2697         if ( attr )
2698         {
2699             // change the attribute
2700             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2701             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2702         }
2703         else
2704         {
2705             // remove this attribute
2706             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2707             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2708             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2709         }
2710     }
2711 }
2712
2713 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2714 {
2715     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2716     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2717     {
2718         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2719         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2720         {
2721             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2722             {
2723                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2724                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2725             }
2726             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2727             {
2728                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2729                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2730                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2731                 else
2732                 {
2733                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2734                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2735                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2736                     n--;
2737                     count--;
2738                 }
2739             }
2740         }
2741     }
2742 }
2743
2744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2745 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2746 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2747
2748 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2749 {
2750     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2751 }
2752
2753 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2754 {
2755     delete m_data;
2756 }
2757
2758 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2759 {
2760     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2761 }
2762
2763 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2764                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2765 {
2766     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2767     if ( m_data )
2768     {
2769         switch (kind)
2770         {
2771             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2772                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2773                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2774                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2775                 if (!attr)
2776                 {
2777                     // Basically implement old version.
2778                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2779                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2780                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2781                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2782
2783                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2784                     {
2785                         // Two or more are non NULL
2786                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2787                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2788
2789                         // Order is important..
2790                         if (attrcell)
2791                         {
2792                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2793                             attrcell->DecRef();
2794                         }
2795                         if (attrcol)
2796                         {
2797                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2798                             attrcol->DecRef();
2799                         }
2800                         if (attrrow)
2801                         {
2802                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2803                             attrrow->DecRef();
2804                         }
2805
2806                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2807                         //attr->IncRef();
2808                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2809                     }
2810                     else
2811                     {
2812                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2813                         if (attrrow)
2814                             attr = attrrow;
2815                         if (attrcol)
2816                         {
2817                             if (attr)
2818                                 attr->DecRef();
2819                             attr = attrcol;
2820                         }
2821                         if (attrcell)
2822                         {
2823                             if (attr)
2824                                 attr->DecRef();
2825                             attr = attrcell;
2826                         }
2827                     }
2828                 }
2829                 break;
2830
2831             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2832                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2833                 break;
2834
2835             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2836                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2837                 break;
2838
2839             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2840                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2841                 break;
2842
2843             default:
2844                 // unused as yet...
2845                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2846                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2847                 break;
2848         }
2849     }
2850
2851     return attr;
2852 }
2853
2854 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2855                                      int row, int col)
2856 {
2857     if ( !m_data )
2858         InitData();
2859
2860     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2861 }
2862
2863 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2864 {
2865     if ( !m_data )
2866         InitData();
2867
2868     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2869 }
2870
2871 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2872 {
2873     if ( !m_data )
2874         InitData();
2875
2876     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2877 }
2878
2879 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2880 {
2881     if ( m_data )
2882     {
2883         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2884
2885         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2886     }
2887 }
2888
2889 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2890 {
2891     if ( m_data )
2892     {
2893         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2894
2895         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2896     }
2897 }
2898
2899 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2900 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2901 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2902
2903 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2904 {
2905     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2906     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2907         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2908 }
2909
2910 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2911                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2912                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2913 {
2914     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2915
2916     // is it already registered?
2917     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2918     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2919     {
2920         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2921         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2922     }
2923     else
2924     {
2925         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2926     }
2927 }
2928
2929 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2930 {
2931     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2932     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2933     {
2934         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2935         {
2936             return i;
2937         }
2938     }
2939
2940     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2941 }
2942
2943 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2944 {
2945     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2946     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2947     {
2948         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2949         // register it "on the fly"
2950 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2951         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2952         {
2953             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2954                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2955                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2956         }
2957         else
2958 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2959 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2960         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2961         {
2962             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2963                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2964                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2965         }
2966         else
2967 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2968 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2969         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2970         {
2971             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2972                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2973                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2974         }
2975         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2976         {
2977             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2978                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2979                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2980         }
2981         else
2982 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2983 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2984         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2985         {
2986             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2987                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2988                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2989         }
2990         else
2991 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2992         {
2993             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2994         }
2995
2996         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2997         // the last index
2998         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2999     }
3000
3001     return index;
3002 }
3003
3004 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3005 {
3006     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3007     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3008     {
3009         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3010         // are the parameters for the renderer
3011         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3012         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3013         {
3014             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3015         }
3016
3017         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3018         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3019         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3020         rendererOld->DecRef();
3021
3022         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3023         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3024         editor = editor->Clone();
3025         editorOld->DecRef();
3026
3027         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3028         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3029         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3030         editor->SetParameters(params);
3031
3032         // register the new typename
3033         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3034
3035         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3036         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3037     }
3038
3039     return index;
3040 }
3041
3042 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3043 {
3044     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3045     if (renderer)
3046         renderer->IncRef();
3047
3048     return renderer;
3049 }
3050
3051 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3052 {
3053     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3054     if (editor)
3055         editor->IncRef();
3056
3057     return editor;
3058 }
3059
3060 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3061 // wxGridTableBase
3062 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3063
3064 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3065
3066 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3067 {
3068     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3069     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3070 }
3071
3072 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3073 {
3074     delete m_attrProvider;
3075 }
3076
3077 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3078 {
3079     delete m_attrProvider;
3080     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3081 }
3082
3083 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3084 {
3085     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3086     {
3087         // use the default attr provider by default
3088         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3089     }
3090
3091     return true;
3092 }
3093
3094 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3095 {
3096     if ( m_attrProvider )
3097         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3098     else
3099         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3100 }
3101
3102 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3103 {
3104     if ( m_attrProvider )
3105     {
3106         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3107         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3108     }
3109     else
3110     {
3111         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3112         // free it now
3113         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3114     }
3115 }
3116
3117 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3118 {
3119     if ( m_attrProvider )
3120     {
3121         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3122         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3123     }
3124     else
3125     {
3126         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3127         // free it now
3128         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3129     }
3130 }
3131
3132 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3133 {
3134     if ( m_attrProvider )
3135     {
3136         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3137         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3138     }
3139     else
3140     {
3141         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3142         // free it now
3143         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3144     }
3145 }
3146
3147 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3148                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3149 {
3150     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3151
3152     return false;
3153 }
3154
3155 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3156 {
3157     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3158
3159     return false;
3160 }
3161
3162 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3163                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3164 {
3165     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3166
3167     return false;
3168 }
3169
3170 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3171                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3172 {
3173     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3174
3175     return false;
3176 }
3177
3178 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3179 {
3180     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3181
3182     return false;
3183 }
3184
3185 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3186                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3187 {
3188     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3189
3190     return false;
3191 }
3192
3193 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3194 {
3195     wxString s;
3196
3197     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3198     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3199     s << row + 1;
3200
3201     return s;
3202 }
3203
3204 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3205 {
3206     // default col labels are:
3207     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3208     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3209     //   etc.
3210
3211     wxString s;
3212     unsigned int i, n;
3213     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3214     {
3215         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3216         col = col / 26 - 1;
3217         if ( col < 0 )
3218             break;
3219     }
3220
3221     // reverse the string...
3222     wxString s2;
3223     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3224     {
3225         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3226     }
3227
3228     return s2;
3229 }
3230
3231 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3232 {
3233     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3234 }
3235
3236 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3237                                      const wxString& typeName )
3238 {
3239     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3240 }
3241
3242 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3243 {
3244     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3245 }
3246
3247 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3248 {
3249     return 0;
3250 }
3251
3252 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3253 {
3254     return 0.0;
3255 }
3256
3257 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3258 {
3259     return false;
3260 }
3261
3262 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3263                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3264 {
3265 }
3266
3267 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3268                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3269 {
3270 }
3271
3272 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3273                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3274 {
3275 }
3276
3277 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3278                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3279 {
3280     return NULL;
3281 }
3282
3283 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3284                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3285                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3286 {
3287 }
3288
3289 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3290 //
3291 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3292 // to the grid view
3293 //
3294
3295 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3296 {
3297     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3298     m_id = -1;
3299     m_comInt1 = -1;
3300     m_comInt2 = -1;
3301 }
3302
3303 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3304                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3305 {
3306     m_table = table;
3307     m_id = id;
3308     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3309     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3310 }
3311
3312 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3313 //
3314 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3315 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3316 //
3317
3318 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3319
3320 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3321
3322 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3323         : wxGridTableBase()
3324 {
3325 }
3326
3327 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3328         : wxGridTableBase()
3329 {
3330     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3331
3332     wxArrayString sa;
3333     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3334     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3335
3336     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3337 }
3338
3339 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3340 {
3341 }
3342
3343 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3344 {
3345     return m_data.GetCount();
3346 }
3347
3348 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3349 {
3350     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3351         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3352     else
3353         return 0;
3354 }
3355
3356 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3357 {
3358     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3359                  wxEmptyString,
3360                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3361
3362     return m_data[row][col];
3363 }
3364
3365 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3366 {
3367     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3368                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3369
3370     m_data[row][col] = value;
3371 }
3372
3373 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3374 {
3375     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3376                  true,
3377                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3378
3379     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3380 }
3381
3382 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3383 {
3384     int row, col;
3385     int numRows, numCols;
3386
3387     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3388     if ( numRows > 0 )
3389     {
3390         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3391
3392         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3393         {
3394             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3395             {
3396                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3397             }
3398         }
3399     }
3400 }
3401
3402 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3403 {
3404     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3405     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3406                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3407
3408     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3409     {
3410         return AppendRows( numRows );
3411     }
3412
3413     wxArrayString sa;
3414     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3415     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3416     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3417
3418     if ( GetView() )
3419     {
3420         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3421                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3422                                 pos,
3423                                 numRows );
3424
3425         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3426     }
3427
3428     return true;
3429 }
3430
3431 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3432 {
3433     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3434     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3435                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3436                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3437
3438     wxArrayString sa;
3439     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3440     {
3441         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3442         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3443     }
3444
3445     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3446
3447     if ( GetView() )
3448     {
3449         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3450                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3451                                 numRows );
3452
3453         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3454     }
3455
3456     return true;
3457 }
3458
3459 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3460 {
3461     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3462
3463     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3464     {
3465         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3466                     (
3467                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3468                         (unsigned long)pos,
3469                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3470                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3471                     ) );
3472
3473         return false;
3474     }
3475
3476     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3477     {
3478         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3479     }
3480
3481     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3482     {
3483         m_data.Clear();
3484     }
3485     else
3486     {
3487         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3488     }
3489
3490     if ( GetView() )
3491     {
3492         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3493                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3494                                 pos,
3495                                 numRows );
3496
3497         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3498     }
3499
3500     return true;
3501 }
3502
3503 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3504 {
3505     size_t row, col;
3506
3507     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3508     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3509                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3510                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3511
3512     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3513     {
3514         return AppendCols( numCols );
3515     }
3516
3517     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3518     {
3519         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3520
3521         size_t i;
3522         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3523             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3524     }
3525
3526     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3527     {
3528         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3529         {
3530             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3531         }
3532     }
3533
3534     if ( GetView() )
3535     {
3536         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3537                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3538                                 pos,
3539                                 numCols );
3540
3541         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3542     }
3543
3544     return true;
3545 }
3546
3547 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3548 {
3549     size_t row;
3550
3551     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3552
3553 #if 0
3554     if ( !curNumRows )
3555     {
3556         // TODO: something better than this ?
3557         //
3558         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3559         return false;
3560     }
3561 #endif
3562
3563     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3564     {
3565         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3566     }
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numCols );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3581 {
3582     size_t row;
3583
3584     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3585     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3586                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3587
3588     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3589     {
3590         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3591                     (
3592                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3593                         (unsigned long)pos,
3594                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3595                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3596                     ) );
3597         return false;
3598     }
3599
3600     int colID;
3601     if ( GetView() )
3602         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3603     else
3604         colID = pos;
3605
3606     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3607     {
3608         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3612     {
3613         m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3614     }
3615
3616     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3617     {
3618         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3619         {
3620             m_data[row].Clear();
3621         }
3622         else
3623         {
3624             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3625         }
3626     }
3627
3628     if ( GetView() )
3629     {
3630         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3631                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3632                                 pos,
3633                                 numCols );
3634
3635         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3636     }
3637
3638     return true;
3639 }
3640
3641 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3642 {
3643     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3644     {
3645         // using default label
3646         //
3647         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3648     }
3649     else
3650     {
3651         return m_rowLabels[row];
3652     }
3653 }
3654
3655 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3656 {
3657     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3658     {
3659         // using default label
3660         //
3661         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3662     }
3663     else
3664     {
3665         return m_colLabels[col];
3666     }
3667 }
3668
3669 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3670 {
3671     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3672     {
3673         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3674         int i;
3675
3676         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3677         {
3678             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3679         }
3680     }
3681
3682     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3683 }
3684
3685 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3686 {
3687     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3688     {
3689         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3690         int i;
3691
3692         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3693         {
3694             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3695         }
3696     }
3697
3698     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3699 }
3700
3701
3702 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3703 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3704
3705 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3706
3707 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3708     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3709     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3710     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3711     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3712     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3713     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3714 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3715
3716 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3717                                             wxWindowID id,
3718                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3719   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3720 {
3721     m_owner = parent;
3722 }
3723
3724 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3725 {
3726     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3727
3728     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3729     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3730     // set the y coord  - MB
3731     //
3732     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3733
3734     int x, y;
3735     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3736     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3737
3738     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3739     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3740 }
3741
3742 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3743 {
3744     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3745 }
3746
3747 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3748 {
3749     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3750 }
3751
3752 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3753 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3754 //
3755 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3756 {
3757     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3758         event.Skip();
3759 }
3760
3761 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3762 {
3763     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3764         event.Skip();
3765 }
3766
3767 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3768 {
3769     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3770         event.Skip();
3771 }
3772
3773 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3774
3775 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3776
3777 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3778     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3779     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3780     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3781     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3782     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3783     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3784 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3785
3786 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3787                                             wxWindowID id,
3788                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3789   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3790 {
3791     m_owner = parent;
3792 }
3793
3794 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3795 {
3796     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3797
3798     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3799     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3800     // set the x coord  - MB
3801     //
3802     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3803
3804     int x, y;
3805     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3806     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3807
3808     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3809     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3810 }
3811
3812 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3813 {
3814     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3815 }
3816
3817 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3818 {
3819     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3820 }
3821
3822 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3823 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3824 //
3825 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3826 {
3827     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3828         event.Skip();
3829 }
3830
3831 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3832 {
3833     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3834         event.Skip();
3835 }
3836
3837 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3838 {
3839     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3840         event.Skip();
3841 }
3842
3843 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3844
3845 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3846
3847 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3848     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3849     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3850     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3851     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3852     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3853     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3854 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3855
3856 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3857                                                   wxWindowID id,
3858                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3859   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3860 {
3861     m_owner = parent;
3862 }
3863
3864 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3865 {
3866     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3867
3868     int client_height = 0;
3869     int client_width = 0;
3870     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3871
3872     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3873 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3874     wxRect rect;
3875     rect.SetX( 1 );
3876     rect.SetY( 1 );
3877     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3878     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3879
3880     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3881 #else // !__WXGTK__
3882     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3883     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3884     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3885     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3886     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3887
3888     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3889     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3890     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3891 #endif
3892 }
3893
3894 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3895 {
3896     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3897 }
3898
3899 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3900 {
3901     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3902 }
3903
3904 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3905 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3906 //
3907 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3908 {
3909     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3910         event.Skip();
3911 }
3912
3913 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3914 {
3915     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3916         event.Skip();
3917 }
3918
3919 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3920 {
3921     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3922         event.Skip();
3923 }
3924
3925 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3926
3927 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3928
3929 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3930     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3931     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3932     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3933     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3934     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3935     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3936     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3937     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3938     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3939 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3940
3941 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3942                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3943                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3944                             wxWindowID id,
3945                             const wxPoint &pos,
3946                             const wxSize &size )
3947             : wxWindow(
3948                 parent, id, pos, size,
3949                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3950                 wxT("grid window") )
3951 {
3952     m_owner = parent;
3953     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3954     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3955 }
3956
3957 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3958 {
3959     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3960     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3961     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3962     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3963     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3964
3965 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3966     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3967 #endif
3968
3969     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3970     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3971 }
3972
3973 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3974 {
3975     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3976     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3977     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3978 }
3979
3980 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3981 {
3982     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3983         SetFocus();
3984
3985     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3986 }
3987
3988 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3989 {
3990     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3991 }
3992
3993 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3994 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3995 //
3996 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3997 {
3998     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3999         event.Skip();
4000 }
4001
4002 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4003 {
4004     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4005         event.Skip();
4006 }
4007
4008 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4009 {
4010     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4011         event.Skip();
4012 }
4013
4014 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4015 {
4016 }
4017
4018 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4019 {
4020     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4021         event.Skip();
4022 }
4023
4024 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4025
4026 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4027 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4028 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4029 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4030
4031 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4032
4033 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4034                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4035                            bool clipToMinMax);
4036
4037 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4038 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4039                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4040                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4041
4042 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4043
4044 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4045 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4046
4047 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4048     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4049     // use them for streaming out
4050     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4051     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4052     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4053     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4054     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4055     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4056
4057     // old style border flags
4058     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4059     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4060     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4061     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4062     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4063     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4064
4065     // standard window styles
4066     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4067     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4068     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4069     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4070     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4071     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4072     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4073     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4074
4075 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4076
4077 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4078
4079 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4080     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4081     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4082 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4083
4084 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4085 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4086
4087 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4088
4089 /*
4090  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4091 */
4092 #else
4093 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4094 #endif
4095
4096 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4097     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4098     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4099     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4100     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4101     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4102     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4103 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4104
4105 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4106 {
4107     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4108     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4109     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4110     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4111     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4112     m_gridWin = NULL;
4113 }
4114
4115 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4116                  wxWindowID id,
4117                  const wxPoint& pos,
4118                  const wxSize& size,
4119                  long style,
4120                  const wxString& name )
4121   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4122     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4123     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4124 {
4125     Create();
4126     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4127 }
4128
4129 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4130                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4131                           long style, const wxString& name)
4132 {
4133     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4134                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4135         return false;
4136
4137     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4138     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4139
4140     Create();
4141     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4142
4143     return true;
4144 }
4145
4146 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4147 {
4148     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4149     SetTargetWindow(this);
4150     ClearAttrCache();
4151     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4152
4153 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4154     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4155     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4156                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4157              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4158              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4159 #endif
4160
4161     if (m_ownTable)
4162         delete m_table;
4163
4164     delete m_typeRegistry;
4165     delete m_selection;
4166 }
4167
4168 //
4169 // ----- internal init and update functions
4170 //
4171
4172 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4173 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4174 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4175
4176 void wxGrid::Create()
4177 {
4178     // set to true by CreateGrid
4179     m_created = false;
4180
4181     // create the type registry
4182     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4183     m_selection = NULL;
4184
4185     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4186     m_ownTable = false;
4187
4188     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4189
4190     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4191
4192     // Set default cell attributes
4193     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4194     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4195     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4196     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4197     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4198     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4199
4200 #if _USE_VISATTR
4201     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4202     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4203
4204     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4205     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4206
4207 #else
4208     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4209         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4210     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4211         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4212 #endif
4213
4214     m_numRows = 0;
4215     m_numCols = 0;
4216     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4217
4218     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4219     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4220
4221     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4222     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4223                                               wxID_ANY,
4224                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4225                                               wxDefaultSize );
4226
4227     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4228                                               wxID_ANY,
4229                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4230                                               wxDefaultSize );
4231
4232     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4233                                                     wxID_ANY,
4234                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4235                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4236
4237     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4238                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4239                                   m_colLabelWin,
4240                                   wxID_ANY,
4241                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4242                                   wxDefaultSize );
4243
4244     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4245
4246 #if _USE_VISATTR
4247     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4248     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4249     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4250     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4251 #else
4252     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4253     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4254     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4255     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4256 #endif
4257
4258     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4259     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4260     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4261     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4262     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4263     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4264
4265     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4266     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4267
4268     Init();
4269 }
4270
4271 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4272                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4273 {
4274     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4275                  false,
4276                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4277
4278     m_numRows = numRows;
4279     m_numCols = numCols;
4280
4281     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4282     m_table->SetView( this );
4283     m_ownTable = true;
4284     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4285
4286     CalcDimensions();
4287
4288     m_created = true;
4289
4290     return m_created;
4291 }
4292
4293 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4294 {
4295     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4296                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4297
4298     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4299 }
4300
4301 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4302 {
4303     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4304                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4305
4306     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4307 }
4308
4309 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4310                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4311 {
4312     if ( m_created )
4313     {
4314         // stop all processing
4315         m_created = false;
4316
4317         if (m_ownTable)
4318         {
4319             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4320             m_table = NULL;
4321             delete t;
4322         }
4323
4324         delete m_selection;
4325
4326         m_table = NULL;
4327         m_selection = NULL;
4328         m_numRows = 0;
4329         m_numCols = 0;
4330     }
4331
4332     if (table)
4333     {
4334         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4335         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4336
4337         m_table = table;
4338         m_table->SetView( this );
4339         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4340         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4341
4342         CalcDimensions();
4343
4344         m_created = true;
4345     }
4346
4347     return m_created;
4348 }
4349
4350 void wxGrid::Init()
4351 {
4352     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4353     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4354
4355     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4356     {
4357         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4358     }
4359     else
4360     {
4361         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4362     }
4363
4364     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4365
4366     // init attr cache
4367     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4368     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4369     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4370
4371     // TODO: something better than this ?
4372     //
4373     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4374     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4375
4376     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4377     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4378
4379     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4380     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4381     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4382
4383     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4384     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4385
4386     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4387     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4388
4389 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4390     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4391 #else
4392     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4393 #endif
4394
4395     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4396     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4397     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4398     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4399     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4400
4401     m_canDragColMove = false;
4402
4403     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4404     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4405     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4406     m_canDragColSize = true;
4407     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4408     m_canDragCell = false;
4409     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4410     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4411     m_isDragging = false;
4412     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4413
4414     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4415
4416     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4417     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4418
4419     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4420
4421     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4422     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4423     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4424     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4425
4426     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4427
4428     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4429     m_batchCount = 0;
4430
4431     m_extraWidth =
4432     m_extraHeight = 0;
4433
4434     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4435     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4436 }
4437
4438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4439 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4440 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4441 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4442 // arrays at all
4443 //
4444 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4445 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4446 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4447
4448 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4449 {
4450     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4451     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4452
4453     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4454     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4455
4456     int rowBottom = 0;
4457
4458     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4459
4460     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4461     {
4462         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4463         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4464     }
4465 }
4466
4467 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4468 {
4469     m_colWidths.Empty();
4470     m_colRights.Empty();
4471
4472     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4473     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4474     int colRight = 0;
4475
4476     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4477
4478     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4479     {
4480         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4481         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4482     }
4483 }
4484
4485 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4486 {
4487     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4488 }
4489
4490 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4491 {
4492     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4493                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4494 }
4495
4496 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4497 {
4498     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4499                                  : m_colRights[col];
4500 }
4501
4502 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4503 {
4504     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4505 }
4506
4507 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4508 {
4509     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4510                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4511 }
4512
4513 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4514 {
4515     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4516                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4517 }
4518
4519 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4520 {
4521     int cw, ch;
4522     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4523
4524     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4525         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4526     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4527         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4528
4529     // grid total size
4530     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4531     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4532
4533     // take into account editor if shown
4534     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4535     {
4536         int w2, h2;
4537         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4538         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4539         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4540         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4541
4542         // how big is the editor
4543         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4544         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4545         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4546         w2 += x;
4547         h2 += y;
4548         if ( w2 > w )
4549             w = w2;
4550         if ( h2 > h )
4551             h = h2;
4552         editor->DecRef();
4553         attr->DecRef();
4554     }
4555
4556     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4557     int x, y;
4558     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4559
4560     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4561     if ( x >= w )
4562         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4563     if ( y >= h )
4564         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4565
4566     // do set scrollbar parameters
4567     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4568                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4569                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4570
4571     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4572     // still must reposition the children
4573     CalcWindowSizes();
4574 }
4575
4576 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4577 {
4578     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4579
4580     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4581         return;
4582
4583     int cw, ch;
4584     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4585
4586     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4587         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4588
4589     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4590         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4591
4592     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4593         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4594
4595     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4596         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4597 }
4598
4599 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4600 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4601 //
4602 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4603 {
4604     int i;
4605     bool result = false;
4606
4607     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4608     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4609     ClearAttrCache();
4610
4611     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4612     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4613     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4614     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4615     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4616     HideCellEditControl();
4617
4618 #if 0
4619     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4620     // now
4621     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4622     {
4623         InitColWidths();
4624     }
4625
4626     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4627     {
4628         InitRowHeights();
4629     }
4630 #endif
4631
4632     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4633     {
4634         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4635         {
4636             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4637             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4638
4639             m_numRows += numRows;
4640
4641             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4642             {
4643                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4644                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4645
4646                 int bottom = 0;
4647                 if ( pos > 0 )
4648                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4649
4650                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4651                 {
4652                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4653                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4654                 }
4655             }
4656
4657             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4658             {
4659                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4660                 // cell will be undefined...
4661                 //
4662                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4663             }
4664
4665             if ( m_selection )
4666                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4667             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4668             if (attrProvider)
4669                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4670
4671             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4672             {
4673                 CalcDimensions();
4674                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4675             }
4676         }
4677         result = true;
4678         break;
4679
4680         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4681         {
4682             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4683             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4684             m_numRows += numRows;
4685
4686             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4687             {
4688                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4689                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4690
4691                 int bottom = 0;
4692                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4693                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4694
4695                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4696                 {
4697                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4698                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4699                 }
4700             }
4701
4702             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4703             {
4704                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4705                 // cell will be undefined...
4706                 //
4707                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4708             }
4709
4710             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4711             {
4712                 CalcDimensions();
4713                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4714             }
4715         }
4716         result = true;
4717         break;
4718
4719         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4720         {
4721             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4722             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4723             m_numRows -= numRows;
4724
4725             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4726             {
4727                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4728                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4729
4730                 int h = 0;
4731                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4732                 {
4733                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4734                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4735                 }
4736             }
4737
4738             if ( !m_numRows )
4739             {
4740                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4741             }
4742             else
4743             {
4744                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4745                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4746             }
4747
4748             if ( m_selection )
4749                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4750             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4751             if (attrProvider)
4752             {
4753                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4754
4755 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4756 #if 0
4757                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4758                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4759                 // all column attributes.
4760                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4761                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4762                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4763                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4764 #endif
4765             }
4766
4767             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4768             {
4769                 CalcDimensions();
4770                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4771             }
4772         }
4773         result = true;
4774         break;
4775
4776         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4777         {
4778             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4779             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4780             m_numCols += numCols;
4781
4782             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4783             {
4784                 //Shift the column IDs
4785                 int i;
4786                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4787                 {
4788                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4789                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4790                 }
4791
4792                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4793
4794                 //Set the new columns' positions
4795                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4796                 {
4797                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4798                 }
4799             }
4800
4801             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4802             {
4803                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4804                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4805
4806                 int right = 0;
4807                 if ( pos > 0 )
4808                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4809
4810                 int colPos;
4811                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4812                 {
4813                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4814
4815                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4816                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4817                 }
4818             }
4819
4820             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4821             {
4822                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4823                 // cell will be undefined...
4824                 //
4825                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4826             }
4827
4828             if ( m_selection )
4829                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4830             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4831             if (attrProvider)
4832                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4833             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4834             {
4835                 CalcDimensions();
4836                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4837             }
4838         }
4839         result = true;
4840         break;
4841
4842         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4843         {
4844             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4845             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4846             m_numCols += numCols;
4847
4848             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4849             {
4850                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4851
4852                 //Set the new columns' positions
4853                 int i;
4854                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4855                 {
4856                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4857                 }
4858             }
4859
4860             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4861             {
4862                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4863                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4864
4865                 int right = 0;
4866                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4867                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4868
4869                 int colPos;
4870                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4871                 {
4872                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4873
4874                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4875                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4876                 }
4877             }
4878
4879             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4880             {
4881                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4882                 // cell will be undefined...
4883                 //
4884                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4885             }
4886             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4887             {
4888                 CalcDimensions();
4889                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4890             }
4891         }
4892         result = true;
4893         break;
4894
4895         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4896         {
4897             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4898             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4899             m_numCols -= numCols;
4900
4901             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4902             {
4903                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
4904
4905                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4906
4907                 //Shift the column IDs
4908                 int colPos;
4909                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4910                 {
4911                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
4912                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
4913                 }
4914             }
4915
4916             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4917             {
4918                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4919                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4920
4921                 int w = 0;
4922                 int colPos;
4923                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4924                 {
4925                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4926
4927                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4928                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4929                 }
4930             }
4931
4932             if ( !m_numCols )
4933             {
4934                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4935             }
4936             else
4937             {
4938                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4939                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4940             }
4941
4942             if ( m_selection )
4943                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4944             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4945             if (attrProvider)
4946             {
4947                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4948
4949 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4950 #if 0
4951                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4952                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4953                 // all row attributes.
4954                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4955                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4956                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4957                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4958 #endif
4959             }
4960
4961             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4962             {
4963                 CalcDimensions();
4964                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4965             }
4966         }
4967         result = true;
4968         break;
4969     }
4970
4971     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4972         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4973
4974     return result;
4975 }
4976
4977 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4978 {
4979     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4980     wxRect r;
4981
4982     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4983
4984     int top, bottom;
4985     while ( iter )
4986     {
4987         r = iter.GetRect();
4988
4989         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4990         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4991         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4992         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4993         //
4994 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4995         int cw, ch;
4996         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4997         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
4998             r.SetTop( 0 );
4999         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5000 #endif
5001
5002         // logical bounds of update region
5003         //
5004         int dummy;
5005         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5006         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5007
5008         // find the row labels within these bounds
5009         //
5010         int row;
5011         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5012         {
5013             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5014                 continue;
5015
5016             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5017                 break;
5018
5019             rowlabels.Add( row );
5020         }
5021
5022         ++iter;
5023     }
5024
5025     return rowlabels;
5026 }
5027
5028 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5029 {
5030     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5031     wxRect r;
5032
5033     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5034
5035     int left, right;
5036     while ( iter )
5037     {
5038         r = iter.GetRect();
5039
5040         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5041         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5042         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5043         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5044         //
5045 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5046         int cw, ch;
5047         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5048         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5049             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5050         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5051 #endif
5052
5053         // logical bounds of update region
5054         //
5055         int dummy;
5056         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5057         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5058
5059         // find the cells within these bounds
5060         //
5061         int col;
5062         int colPos;
5063         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5064         {
5065             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5066
5067             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5068                 continue;
5069
5070             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5071                 break;
5072
5073             colLabels.Add( col );
5074         }
5075
5076         ++iter;
5077     }
5078
5079     return colLabels;
5080 }
5081
5082 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5083 {
5084     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5085     wxRect r;
5086
5087     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5088
5089     int left, top, right, bottom;
5090     while ( iter )
5091     {
5092         r = iter.GetRect();
5093
5094         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5095         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5096         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5097         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5098         //
5099 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5100         int cw, ch;
5101         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5102         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5103         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5104         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5105         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5106 #endif
5107
5108         // logical bounds of update region
5109         //
5110         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5111         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5112
5113         // find the cells within these bounds
5114         //
5115         int row, col;
5116         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5117         {
5118             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5119                 continue;
5120
5121             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5122                 break;
5123
5124             int colPos;
5125             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5126             {
5127                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5128
5129                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5130                     continue;
5131
5132                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5133                     break;
5134
5135                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5136             }
5137         }
5138
5139         ++iter;
5140     }
5141
5142     return cellsExposed;
5143 }
5144
5145
5146 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5147 {
5148     int x, y, row;
5149     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5150     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5151
5152     if ( event.Dragging() )
5153     {
5154         if (!m_isDragging)
5155         {
5156             m_isDragging = true;
5157             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5158         }
5159
5160         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5161         {
5162             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5163             {
5164                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5165                 {
5166                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5167                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5168                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5169
5170                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5171                     PrepareDC( dc );
5172                     y = wxMax( y,
5173                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5174                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5175                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5176                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5177                     {
5178                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5179                     }
5180                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5181                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5182                 }
5183                 break;
5184
5185                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5186                 {
5187                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5188                     {
5189                         if ( m_selection )
5190                         {
5191                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5192                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5193                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5194                                                     event.AltDown(),
5195                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5196                         }
5197                     }
5198                 }
5199                 break;
5200
5201                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5202                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5203                 default:
5204                     break;
5205             }
5206         }
5207         return;
5208     }
5209
5210     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5211         return;
5212
5213     if (m_isDragging)
5214     {
5215         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5216             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5217         m_isDragging = false;
5218     }
5219
5220     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5221     //
5222     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5223     {
5224         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5225     }
5226
5227     // ------------ Left button pressed
5228     //
5229     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5230     {
5231         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5232         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5233         // wanting to resize the row
5234         //
5235         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5236         {
5237             row = YToRow(y);
5238             if ( row >= 0 &&
5239                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5240             {
5241                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5242                     ClearSelection();
5243                 if ( m_selection )
5244                 {
5245                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5246                     {
5247                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5248                                                   0,
5249                                                   row,
5250                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5251                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5252                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5253                                                   event.AltDown(),
5254                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5255                     }
5256                     else
5257                     {
5258                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5259                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5260                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5261                                                 event.AltDown(),
5262                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5263                     }
5264                 }
5265
5266                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5267             }
5268         }
5269         else
5270         {
5271             // starting to drag-resize a row
5272             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5273                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5274         }
5275     }
5276
5277     // ------------ Left double click
5278     //
5279     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5280     {
5281         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5282         if ( row < 0 )
5283         {
5284             row = YToRow(y);
5285             if ( row >=0 &&
5286                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5287             {
5288                 // no default action at the moment
5289             }
5290         }
5291         else
5292         {
5293             // adjust row height depending on label text
5294             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5295
5296             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5297             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5298         }
5299     }
5300
5301     // ------------ Left button released
5302     //
5303     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5304     {
5305         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5306         {
5307             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5308
5309             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5310             // default processing in this case
5311             //
5312             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5313         }
5314
5315         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5316         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5317     }
5318
5319     // ------------ Right button down
5320     //
5321     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5322     {
5323         row = YToRow(y);
5324         if ( row >=0 &&
5325              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5326         {
5327             // no default action at the moment
5328         }
5329     }
5330
5331     // ------------ Right double click
5332     //
5333     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5334     {
5335         row = YToRow(y);
5336         if ( row >= 0 &&
5337              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5338         {
5339             // no default action at the moment
5340         }
5341     }
5342
5343     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5344     //
5345     else if ( event.Moving() )
5346     {
5347         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5348         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5349         {
5350             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5351             {
5352                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5353                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5354                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5355             }
5356         }
5357         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5358         {
5359             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5360         }
5361     }
5362 }
5363
5364 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5365 {
5366     int x, y, col;
5367     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5368     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5369
5370     if ( event.Dragging() )
5371     {
5372         if (!m_isDragging)
5373         {
5374             m_isDragging = true;
5375             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5376
5377             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5378                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5379         }
5380
5381         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5382         {
5383             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5384             {
5385                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5386                 {
5387                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5388                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5389                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5390
5391                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5392                     PrepareDC( dc );
5393
5394                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5395                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5396                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5397                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5398                     {
5399                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5400                     }
5401                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5402                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5403                 }
5404                 break;
5405
5406                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5407                 {
5408                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5409                     {
5410                         if ( m_selection )
5411                         {
5412                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5413                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5414                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5415                                                     event.AltDown(),
5416                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5417                         }
5418                     }
5419                 }
5420                 break;
5421
5422                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5423                 {
5424                     if ( x < 0 )
5425                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5426                     else
5427                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5428
5429                     int markerX;
5430
5431                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5432                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5433                     else
5434                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5435
5436                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5437                     {
5438                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5439
5440                         int cw, ch;
5441                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5442
5443                         markerX++;
5444
5445                         //Clean up the last indicator
5446                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5447                         {
5448                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5449                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5450                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5451                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5452
5453                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5454                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5455                         }
5456
5457                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5458                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5459                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5460                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5461                         {
5462                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5463                             return;
5464                         }
5465
5466                         //Draw the marker
5467                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5468                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5469
5470                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5471
5472                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5473
5474                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5475                     }
5476                 }
5477                 break;
5478
5479                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5480                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5481                 default:
5482                     break;
5483             }
5484         }
5485         return;
5486     }
5487
5488     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5489         return;
5490
5491     if (m_isDragging)
5492     {
5493         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5494             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5495         m_isDragging = false;
5496     }
5497
5498     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5499     //
5500     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5501     {
5502         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5503     }
5504
5505     // ------------ Left button pressed
5506     //
5507     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5508     {
5509         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5510         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5511         // wanting to resize the col
5512         //
5513         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5514         {
5515             col = XToCol(x);
5516             if ( col >= 0 &&
5517                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5518             {
5519                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5520                 {
5521                     //Show button as pressed
5522                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5523                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5524                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5525                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5526                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5527                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5528
5529                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5530                 }
5531                 else
5532                 {
5533                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5534                         ClearSelection();
5535                     if ( m_selection )
5536                     {
5537                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5538                         {
5539                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5540                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5541                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5542                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5543                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5544                                                       event.AltDown(),
5545                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5546                         }
5547                         else
5548                         {
5549                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5550                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5551                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5552                                                     event.AltDown(),
5553                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5554                         }
5555                     }
5556
5557                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5558                 }
5559             }
5560         }
5561         else
5562         {
5563             // starting to drag-resize a col
5564             //
5565             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5566                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5567         }
5568     }
5569
5570     // ------------ Left double click
5571     //
5572     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5573     {
5574         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5575         if ( col < 0 )
5576         {
5577             col = XToCol(x);
5578             if ( col >= 0 &&
5579                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5580             {
5581                 // no default action at the moment
5582             }
5583         }
5584         else
5585         {
5586             // adjust column width depending on label text
5587             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5588
5589             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5590             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5591         }
5592     }
5593
5594     // ------------ Left button released
5595     //
5596     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5597     {
5598         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5599         {
5600             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5601             {
5602                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5603
5604                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5605                 // default processing in this case
5606                 //
5607                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5608             }
5609             break;
5610
5611             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5612             {
5613                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5614
5615                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5616             }
5617             break;
5618         }
5619
5620         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5621         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5622     }
5623
5624     // ------------ Right button down
5625     //
5626     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5627     {
5628         col = XToCol(x);
5629         if ( col >= 0 &&
5630              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5631         {
5632             // no default action at the moment
5633         }
5634     }
5635
5636     // ------------ Right double click
5637     //
5638     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5639     {
5640         col = XToCol(x);
5641         if ( col >= 0 &&
5642              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5643         {
5644             // no default action at the moment
5645         }
5646     }
5647
5648     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5649     //
5650     else if ( event.Moving() )
5651     {
5652         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5653         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5654         {
5655             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5656             {
5657                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5658                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5659                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5660             }
5661         }
5662         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5663         {
5664             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5665         }
5666     }
5667 }
5668
5669 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5670 {
5671     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5672     {
5673         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5674         // col args == -1
5675         //
5676         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5677         {
5678             SelectAll();
5679         }
5680     }
5681     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5682     {
5683         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5684     }
5685     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5686     {
5687         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5688         {
5689             // no default action at the moment
5690         }
5691     }
5692     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5693     {
5694         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5695         {
5696             // no default action at the moment
5697         }
5698     }
5699 }
5700
5701 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5702                               wxWindow *win,
5703                               bool captureMouse)
5704 {
5705 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5706     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5707     {
5708         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5709         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5710         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5711         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5712         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5713         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5714     };
5715
5716     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5717                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5718                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5719                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5720                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5721                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5722 #endif
5723
5724     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5725          win == m_winCapture &&
5726          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5727         return;
5728
5729     if ( !win )
5730     {
5731         // by default use the grid itself
5732         win = m_gridWin;
5733     }
5734
5735     if ( m_winCapture )
5736     {
5737         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5738             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5739         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5740     }
5741
5742     m_cursorMode = mode;
5743
5744     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5745     {
5746         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5747             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5748             break;
5749
5750         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5751             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5752             break;
5753
5754         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5755             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5756             break;
5757
5758         default:
5759             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5760             break;
5761     }
5762
5763     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5764     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5765                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5766
5767     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5768     {
5769         win->CaptureMouse();
5770         m_winCapture = win;
5771     }
5772 }
5773
5774 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5775 {
5776     int x, y;
5777     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5778     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5779
5780     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5781     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5782
5783     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5784     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5785     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5786     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5787     {
5788         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5789         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5790     }
5791
5792     if ( event.Dragging() )
5793     {
5794         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5795
5796         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5797         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5798         if (! m_isDragging)
5799         {
5800             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5801             {
5802                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5803                 return;
5804             }
5805             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5806                 return;
5807         }
5808
5809         m_isDragging = true;
5810         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5811         {
5812             // Hide the edit control, so it
5813             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5814             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5815             {
5816                 HideCellEditControl();
5817                 SaveEditControlValue();
5818             }
5819
5820             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5821             if (! m_winCapture)
5822             {
5823                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5824                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5825             }
5826
5827             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5828             {
5829                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5830                 {
5831                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5832                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5833                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5834                 }
5835                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5836                 {
5837                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5838                     {
5839                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5840                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5841
5842                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5843                                    coords.GetRow(),
5844                                    coords.GetCol(),
5845                                    event );
5846                     }
5847                 }
5848                 else
5849                 {
5850                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5851                     {
5852                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5853                     }
5854                     else
5855                     {
5856                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5857                     }
5858                 }
5859
5860                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5861                 {
5862                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5863                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5864                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5865                 }
5866             }
5867         }
5868         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5869         {
5870             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5871             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5872             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5873
5874             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5875             PrepareDC( dc );
5876             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5877                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5878             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5879             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5880             {
5881                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5882             }
5883             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5884             m_dragLastPos = y;
5885         }
5886         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5887         {
5888             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5889             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5890             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5891
5892             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5893             PrepareDC( dc );
5894             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5895                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5896             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5897             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5898             {
5899                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5900             }
5901             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5902             m_dragLastPos = x;
5903         }
5904
5905         return;
5906     }
5907
5908     m_isDragging = false;
5909     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5910
5911     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5912     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5913     //     wxGTK
5914 #if 0
5915     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5916     {
5917         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5918         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5919     }
5920     else
5921 #endif // 0
5922
5923     // ------------ Left button pressed
5924     //
5925     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5926     {
5927         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5928                        coords.GetRow(),
5929                        coords.GetCol(),
5930                        event ) )
5931         {
5932             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5933                 ClearSelection();
5934             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5935             {
5936                 if ( m_selection )
5937                 {
5938                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5939                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5940                                               coords.GetRow(),
5941                                               coords.GetCol(),
5942                                               event.ControlDown(),
5943                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5944                                               event.AltDown(),
5945                                               event.MetaDown() );
5946                 }
5947             }
5948             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5949                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5950             {
5951                 DisableCellEditControl();
5952                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5953
5954                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5955                 {
5956                     if ( m_selection )
5957                     {
5958                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5959                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5960                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5961                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5962                                                           event.AltDown(),
5963                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5964                     }
5965                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5966                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5967                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5968                 }
5969                 else
5970                 {
5971                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5972                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5973                     if ( m_selection )
5974                     {
5975                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5976                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5977                         {
5978                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5979                         }
5980                     }
5981                 }
5982             }
5983         }
5984     }
5985
5986     // ------------ Left double click
5987     //
5988     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5989     {
5990         DisableCellEditControl();
5991
5992         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5993         {
5994             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5995                              coords.GetRow(),
5996                              coords.GetCol(),
5997                              event ) )
5998             {
5999                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6000                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6001                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6002             }
6003         }
6004     }
6005
6006     // ------------ Left button released
6007     //
6008     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6009     {
6010         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6011         {
6012             if (m_winCapture)
6013             {
6014                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6015                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6016                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6017             }
6018
6019             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6020             {
6021                 ClearSelection();
6022                 EnableCellEditControl();
6023
6024                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6025                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6026                 editor->StartingClick();
6027                 editor->DecRef();
6028                 attr->DecRef();
6029
6030                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6031             }
6032             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6033                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6034             {
6035                 if ( m_selection )
6036                 {
6037                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6038                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6039                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6040                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6041                                               event.ControlDown(),
6042                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6043                                               event.AltDown(),
6044                                               event.MetaDown() );
6045                 }
6046
6047                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6048                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6049
6050                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6051                 // drag-shrinking.
6052                 ShowCellEditControl();
6053             }
6054         }
6055         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6056         {
6057             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6058             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6059
6060             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6061             // default processing in this case
6062             //
6063             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6064         }
6065         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6066         {
6067             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6068             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6069
6070             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6071             // default processing in this case
6072             //
6073             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6074         }
6075
6076         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6077     }
6078
6079     // ------------ Right button down
6080     //
6081     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6082     {
6083         DisableCellEditControl();
6084         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6085                          coords.GetRow(),
6086                          coords.GetCol(),
6087                          event ) )
6088         {
6089             // no default action at the moment
6090         }
6091     }
6092
6093     // ------------ Right double click
6094     //
6095     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6096     {
6097         DisableCellEditControl();
6098         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6099                          coords.GetRow(),
6100                          coords.GetCol(),
6101                          event ) )
6102         {
6103             // no default action at the moment
6104         }
6105     }
6106
6107     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6108     //
6109     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6110     {
6111         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6112         {
6113             // out of grid cell area
6114             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6115             return;
6116         }
6117
6118         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6119         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6120
6121         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6122         // directions is not implemented yet...
6123         //
6124         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6125         {
6126             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6127             return;
6128         }
6129
6130         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6131         {
6132             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6133
6134             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6135             {
6136                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6137                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
6138             }
6139         }
6140         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6141         {
6142             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6143
6144             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6145             {
6146                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6147                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
6148             }
6149         }
6150         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6151         {
6152             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6153             {
6154                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6155             }
6156         }
6157     }
6158 }
6159
6160 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6161 {
6162     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6163     {
6164         // erase the last line and resize the row
6165         //
6166         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6167         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6168         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6169
6170         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6171         PrepareDC( dc );
6172         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6173         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6174         HideCellEditControl();
6175         SaveEditControlValue();
6176
6177         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6178         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6179                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6180
6181         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6182         {
6183             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6184             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6185             rect.x = 0;
6186             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6187             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6188             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6189             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6190             rect.width = cw;
6191
6192             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6193             if (m_table)
6194             {
6195                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6196                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6197                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6198                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6199                 {
6200                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6201                     {
6202                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6203                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6204                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6205                     }
6206                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6207                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6208                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6209                 }
6210             }
6211             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6212         }
6213
6214         ShowCellEditControl();
6215     }
6216 }
6217
6218
6219 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6220 {
6221     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6222     {
6223         // erase the last line and resize the col
6224         //
6225         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6226         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6227         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6228
6229         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6230         PrepareDC( dc );
6231         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6232         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6233         HideCellEditControl();
6234         SaveEditControlValue();
6235
6236         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6237         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6238                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6239                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6240
6241         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6242         {
6243             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6244             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6245             rect.y = 0;
6246             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6247             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6248             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6249             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6250             rect.height = ch;
6251
6252             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6253             if (m_table)
6254             {
6255                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6256                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6257                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6258                 if (topRow >= 0)
6259                 {
6260                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6261                     {
6262                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6263                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6264                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6265                     }
6266
6267                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6268                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6269                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6270                 }
6271             }
6272
6273             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6274         }
6275
6276         ShowCellEditControl();
6277     }
6278 }
6279
6280 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6281 {
6282     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6283     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6284     {
6285         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6286         return;
6287     }
6288
6289     int newPos;
6290     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6291         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6292     else
6293     {
6294         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6295         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6296             newPos--;
6297     }
6298
6299     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6300 }
6301
6302 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6303 {
6304     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6305     {
6306         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6307
6308         int i;
6309         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6310         {
6311             m_colAt.Add( i );
6312         }
6313     }
6314
6315     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6316
6317     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6318     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6319     {
6320         int i;
6321         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6322         {
6323             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6324         }
6325     }
6326     else
6327     {
6328         int i;
6329         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6330         {
6331             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6332         }
6333     }
6334
6335     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6336
6337     //Recalculate the column rights
6338     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6339     {
6340         int colRight = 0;
6341         int colPos;
6342         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6343         {
6344             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6345
6346             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6347             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6348         }
6349     }
6350
6351     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6352     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6353 }
6354
6355
6356
6357 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6358 {
6359     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6360         return;
6361
6362     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6363
6364     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6365     {
6366         m_colAt.Clear();
6367
6368         //Recalculate the column rights
6369         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6370         {
6371             int colRight = 0;
6372             int colPos;
6373             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6374             {
6375                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6376                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6377             }
6378         }
6379
6380         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6381         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6382     }
6383 }
6384
6385
6386 //
6387 // ------ interaction with data model
6388 //
6389 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6390 {
6391     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6392     {
6393         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6394             return GetModelValues();
6395
6396         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6397             return SetModelValues();
6398
6399         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6400         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6401         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6402         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6403         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6404         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6405             return Redimension( msg );
6406
6407         default:
6408             return false;
6409     }
6410 }
6411
6412 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6413 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6414 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6415 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6416 //
6417 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6418 {
6419     if ( m_table )
6420     {
6421         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6422             DisableCellEditControl();
6423
6424         m_table->Clear();
6425         if (!GetBatchCount())
6426             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6427     }
6428 }
6429
6430 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6431 {
6432     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6433
6434     if ( !m_created )
6435     {
6436         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6437         return false;
6438     }
6439
6440     if ( m_table )
6441     {
6442         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6443             DisableCellEditControl();
6444
6445         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6446         return done;
6447
6448         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6449         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6450     }
6451
6452     return false;
6453 }
6454
6455 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6456 {
6457     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6458
6459     if ( !m_created )
6460     {
6461         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6462         return false;
6463     }
6464
6465     if ( m_table )
6466     {
6467         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6468         return done;
6469
6470         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6471         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6472     }
6473
6474     return false;
6475 }
6476
6477 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6478 {
6479     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6480
6481     if ( !m_created )
6482     {
6483         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6484         return false;
6485     }
6486
6487     if ( m_table )
6488     {
6489         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6490             DisableCellEditControl();
6491
6492         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6493         return done;
6494         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6495         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6496     }
6497
6498     return false;
6499 }
6500
6501 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6502 {
6503     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6504
6505     if ( !m_created )
6506     {
6507         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6508         return false;
6509     }
6510
6511     if ( m_table )
6512     {
6513         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6514             DisableCellEditControl();
6515
6516         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6517         return done;
6518         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6519         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6520     }
6521
6522     return false;
6523 }
6524
6525 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6526 {
6527     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6528
6529     if ( !m_created )
6530     {
6531         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6532         return false;
6533     }
6534
6535     if ( m_table )
6536     {
6537         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6538         return done;
6539         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6540         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6541     }
6542
6543     return false;
6544 }
6545
6546 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6547 {
6548     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6549
6550     if ( !m_created )
6551     {
6552         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6553         return false;
6554     }
6555
6556     if ( m_table )
6557     {
6558         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6559             DisableCellEditControl();
6560
6561         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6562         return done;
6563         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6564         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6565     }
6566
6567     return false;
6568 }
6569
6570 //
6571 // ----- event handlers
6572 //
6573
6574 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6575 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6576 //
6577 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6578                         int row, int col,
6579                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6580 {
6581    bool claimed, vetoed;
6582
6583    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6584    {
6585        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6586
6587        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6588                type,
6589                this,
6590                rowOrCol,
6591                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6592                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6593                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6594                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6595                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6596                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6597
6598        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6599        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6600    }
6601    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6602    {
6603        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6604        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6605                type,
6606                this,
6607                m_selectingTopLeft,
6608                m_selectingBottomRight,
6609                true,
6610                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6611                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6612                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6613                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6614
6615        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6616        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6617    }
6618    else
6619    {
6620        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6621                type,
6622                this,
6623                row, col,
6624                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6625                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6626                false,
6627                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6628                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6629                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6630                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6631        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6632        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6633    }
6634
6635    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6636    if (vetoed)
6637        return -1;
6638
6639    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6640 }
6641
6642 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6643 // of ProcessEvent().
6644 //
6645 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6646                         int row, int col )
6647 {
6648    bool claimed, vetoed;
6649
6650     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6651     {
6652         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6653
6654         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6655
6656         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6657         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6658     }
6659     else
6660     {
6661         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6662
6663         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6664         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6665      }
6666
6667     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6668     if (vetoed)
6669         return -1;
6670
6671     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6672 }
6673
6674 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6675 {
6676     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6677     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6678 }
6679
6680 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6681 {
6682     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6683     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6684     if (! GetBatchCount())
6685     {
6686         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6687         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6688
6689         if (rect)
6690         {
6691             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6692             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6693             int x, y;
6694
6695             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6696             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6697             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6698             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6699             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6700
6701             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6702             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6703                 width_label = rectWidth;
6704
6705             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6706             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6707                 height_label = rectHeight;
6708
6709             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6710             {
6711                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6712                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6713             }
6714             else
6715             {
6716                 x = 0;
6717                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6718             }
6719
6720             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6721             {
6722                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6723                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6724             }
6725             else
6726             {
6727                 y = 0;
6728                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6729             }
6730
6731             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6732             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6733             {
6734                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6735                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6736             }
6737
6738             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6739             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6740             {
6741                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6742                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6743             }
6744
6745             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6746             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6747             {
6748                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6749                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6750             }
6751
6752             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6753             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6754             {
6755                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6756                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6757             }
6758         }
6759         else
6760         {
6761             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6762             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6763             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6764             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6765         }
6766     }
6767 }
6768
6769 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6770 {
6771     // position the child windows
6772     CalcWindowSizes();
6773
6774     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6775     // changes itself
6776     event.Skip();
6777 }
6778
6779 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6780 {
6781     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6782     {
6783         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6784         //
6785         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6786     }
6787
6788     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6789
6790     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6791     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6792     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6793     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6794
6795     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6796     {
6797         // try local handlers
6798         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6799         {
6800             case WXK_UP:
6801                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6802                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6803                 else
6804                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6805                 break;
6806
6807             case WXK_DOWN:
6808                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6809                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6810                 else
6811                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6812                 break;
6813
6814             case WXK_LEFT:
6815                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6816                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6817                 else
6818                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6819                 break;
6820
6821             case WXK_RIGHT:
6822                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6823                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6824                 else
6825                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6826                 break;
6827
6828             case WXK_RETURN:
6829             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6830                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6831                 {
6832                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6833                 }
6834                 else
6835                 {
6836                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6837                     {
6838                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6839                     }
6840                     else
6841                     {
6842                         // at the bottom of a column
6843                         DisableCellEditControl();
6844                     }
6845                 }
6846                 break;
6847
6848             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6849                 ClearSelection();
6850                 break;
6851
6852             case WXK_TAB:
6853                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6854                 {
6855                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6856                     {
6857                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6858                     }
6859                     else
6860                     {
6861                         // at left of grid
6862                         DisableCellEditControl();
6863                     }
6864                 }
6865                 else
6866                 {
6867                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6868                     {
6869                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6870                     }
6871                     else
6872                     {
6873                         // at right of grid
6874                         DisableCellEditControl();
6875                     }
6876                 }
6877                 break;
6878
6879             case WXK_HOME:
6880                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6881                 {
6882                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6883                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6884                 }
6885                 else
6886                 {
6887                     event.Skip();
6888                 }
6889                 break;
6890
6891             case WXK_END:
6892                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6893                 {
6894                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6895                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6896                 }
6897                 else
6898                 {
6899                     event.Skip();
6900                 }
6901                 break;
6902
6903             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6904                 MovePageUp();
6905                 break;
6906
6907             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6908                 MovePageDown();
6909                 break;
6910
6911             case WXK_SPACE:
6912                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6913                 {
6914                     if ( m_selection )
6915                     {
6916                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6917                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6918                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6919                             event.ControlDown(),
6920                             event.ShiftDown(),
6921                             event.AltDown(),
6922                             event.MetaDown() );
6923                     }
6924                     break;
6925                 }
6926
6927                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6928                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6929                 else
6930                     event.Skip();
6931                 break;
6932
6933             default:
6934                 event.Skip();
6935                 break;
6936         }
6937     }
6938
6939     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6940 }
6941
6942 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6943 {
6944     // try local handlers
6945     //
6946     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6947     {
6948         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6949              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6950         {
6951             if ( m_selection )
6952             {
6953                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6954                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6955                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6956                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6957                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6958                     event.ControlDown(),
6959                     true,
6960                     event.AltDown(),
6961                     event.MetaDown() );
6962             }
6963         }
6964
6965         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6966         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6967         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6968     }
6969 }
6970
6971 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6972 {
6973     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6974     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6975     {
6976         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6977         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6978         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6979         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6980         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6981
6982         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6983         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6984         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6985              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6986         {
6987             // ensure cell is visble
6988             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6989             EnableCellEditControl();
6990
6991             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6992             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6993             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6994             // crash the app
6995             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6996                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6997         }
6998         else
6999         {
7000             event.Skip();
7001         }
7002
7003         editor->DecRef();
7004         attr->DecRef();
7005     }
7006     else
7007     {
7008         event.Skip();
7009     }
7010 }
7011
7012 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7013 {
7014 }
7015
7016 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7017 {
7018     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7019     {
7020         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7021         return;
7022     }
7023
7024     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7025     PrepareDC( dc );
7026
7027     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7028     {
7029         DisableCellEditControl();
7030
7031         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7032         {
7033             wxRect r;
7034             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7035             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7036             {
7037                 r.x--;
7038                 r.y--;
7039                 r.width++;
7040                 r.height++;
7041             }
7042
7043             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7044
7045             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7046             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7047
7048             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7049             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7050         }
7051     }
7052
7053     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7054
7055     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7056     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7057     attr->DecRef();
7058 }
7059
7060 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7061 {
7062     int temp;
7063     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7064
7065     if ( m_selection )
7066     {
7067         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7068         {
7069             leftCol = 0;
7070             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7071         }
7072         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7073         {
7074             topRow = 0;
7075             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7076         }
7077     }
7078
7079     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7080     {
7081         temp = topRow;
7082         topRow = bottomRow;
7083         bottomRow = temp;
7084     }
7085
7086     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7087     {
7088         temp = leftCol;
7089         leftCol = rightCol;
7090         rightCol = temp;
7091     }
7092
7093     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7094     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7095
7096     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7097     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7098          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7099     {
7100         wxRect rect;
7101         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7102                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7103         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7104     }
7105
7106     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7107     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7108               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7109     {
7110         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7111         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7112         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7113         wxRect  rect[4];
7114         bool    need_refresh[4];
7115         need_refresh[0] =
7116         need_refresh[1] =
7117         need_refresh[2] =
7118         need_refresh[3] = false;
7119         int     i;
7120
7121         // Store intermediate values
7122         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7123         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7124         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7125         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7126
7127         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7128         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7129         {
7130             temp = oldLeft;
7131             oldLeft = leftCol;
7132             leftCol = temp;
7133         }
7134         if (oldTop > topRow )
7135         {
7136             temp = oldTop;
7137             oldTop = topRow;
7138             topRow = temp;
7139         }
7140         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7141         {
7142             temp = oldRight;
7143             oldRight = rightCol;
7144             rightCol = temp;
7145         }
7146         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7147         {
7148             temp = oldBottom;
7149             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7150             bottomRow = temp;
7151         }
7152
7153         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7154         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7155         // is contained in the other.
7156
7157         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7158         {
7159             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7160             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7161             need_refresh[0] = true;
7162             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7163                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7164                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7165         }
7166
7167         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7168         {
7169             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7170             // area above the old or new selection.
7171             need_refresh[1] = true;
7172             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7173                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7174                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7175         }
7176
7177         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7178         {
7179             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7180             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7181             need_refresh[2] = true;
7182             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7183                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7184                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7185         }
7186
7187         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7188         {
7189             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7190             // area below the old or new selection.
7191             need_refresh[3] = true;
7192             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7193                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7194                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7195         }
7196
7197         // various Refresh() calls
7198         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7199             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7200                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7201     }
7202
7203     // change selection
7204     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7205     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7206 }
7207
7208 //
7209 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7210 //
7211
7212 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7213 {
7214     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7215     HideCellEditControl();
7216
7217     if ( m_table )
7218     {
7219         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7220         //
7221         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7222         return true;
7223     }
7224
7225     return false;
7226 }
7227
7228 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7229 {
7230     int row, col;
7231
7232     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7233     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7234     // I think so ...
7235     DisableCellEditControl();
7236
7237     if ( m_table )
7238     {
7239         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7240         {
7241             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7242             {
7243                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7244             }
7245         }
7246
7247         return true;
7248     }
7249
7250     return false;
7251 }
7252
7253 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7254 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7255 // CalcExposedCells)
7256 //
7257 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7258 {
7259     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7260         return;
7261
7262     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7263     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7264     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7265
7266     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7267     {
7268         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7269         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7270         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7271
7272         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7273         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7274         {
7275             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7276             bool marked = false;
7277             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7278             {
7279                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7280                 {
7281                     marked = true;
7282                     break;
7283                 }
7284             }
7285
7286             if (!marked)
7287             {
7288                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7289                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7290                 {
7291                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7292                     {
7293                         marked = true;
7294                         break;
7295                     }
7296                 }
7297
7298                 if (!marked)
7299                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7300             }
7301
7302             // don't bother drawing this cell
7303             continue;
7304         }
7305
7306         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7307         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7308         {
7309             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7310             {
7311                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7312                 int left = col;
7313                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7314                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7315                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7316                     {
7317                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7318                     }
7319
7320                 if (left == col)
7321                     left = 0; // oh well
7322
7323                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7324                 {
7325                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7326                     {
7327                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7328                         {
7329                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7330                             bool marked = false;
7331
7332                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7333                             {
7334                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7335                                 {
7336                                     marked = true;
7337                                     break;
7338                                 }
7339                             }
7340
7341                             if (!marked)
7342                             {
7343                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7344                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7345                                 {
7346                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7347                                     {
7348                                         marked = true;
7349                                         break;
7350                                     }
7351                                 }
7352                                 if (!marked)
7353                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7354                             }
7355                         }
7356                         break;
7357                     }
7358                 }
7359             }
7360         }
7361
7362         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7363     }
7364
7365     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7366
7367     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7368     {
7369         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7370     }
7371 }
7372
7373 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7374 {
7375   int cw, ch;
7376   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7377
7378   int right, bottom;
7379   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7380
7381   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7382   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7383
7384   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7385   {
7386       int left, top;
7387       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7388
7389       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7390       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7391
7392       if ( right > rightCol )
7393       {
7394           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7395       }
7396
7397       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7398       {
7399           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7400       }
7401   }
7402 }
7403
7404 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7405 {
7406     int row = coords.GetRow();
7407     int col = coords.GetCol();
7408
7409     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7410         return;
7411
7412     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7413 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7414     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7415         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7416 #endif
7417
7418     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7419
7420     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7421
7422     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7423
7424     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7425     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7426     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7427     {
7428         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7429         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7430         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7431         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7432 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7433         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7434         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7435         editor->DecRef();
7436 #endif
7437     }
7438     else
7439     {
7440         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7441         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7442         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7443         renderer->DecRef();
7444     }
7445
7446     attr->DecRef();
7447 }
7448
7449 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7450 {
7451     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7452     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7453
7454     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7455         return;
7456
7457     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7458
7459     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7460     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7461     // it doesn't look really good
7462
7463     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7464
7465     if (penWidth > 0)
7466     {
7467         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7468         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7469         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7470         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7471         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7472         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7473         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7474         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7475         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7476
7477         // Now draw the rectangle
7478         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7479         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7480         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7481         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7482         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7483     }
7484
7485 #if 0
7486         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7487
7488         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7489         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7490                 y1 = rect.y,
7491                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7492                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7493
7494         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7495         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7496         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7497
7498         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7499         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7500
7501         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7502         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7503         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7504 #endif
7505 }
7506
7507 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7508 {
7509     int row = coords.GetRow();
7510     int col = coords.GetCol();
7511     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7512         return;
7513
7514     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7515
7516     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7517
7518     // right hand border
7519     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7520                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7521
7522     // bottom border
7523     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7524                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7525 }
7526
7527 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7528 {
7529     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7530     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7531     //
7532     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7533          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7534     {
7535         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7536     }
7537
7538     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7539     {
7540         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7541         return;
7542     }
7543
7544     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7545     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7546     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7547     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7548     {
7549         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7550         {
7551             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7552             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7553             attr->DecRef();
7554
7555             break;
7556         }
7557     }
7558 }
7559
7560 // TODO: remove this ???
7561 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7562 // has been changed
7563 //
7564 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7565 {
7566 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7567     return;
7568 #endif
7569
7570     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7571          return;
7572
7573     int top, bottom, left, right;
7574
7575 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7576     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7577     {
7578       int cw, ch;
7579       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7580
7581       // virtual coords of visible area
7582       //
7583       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7584       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7585     }
7586     else
7587     {
7588       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7589       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7590       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7591       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7592     }
7593 #else
7594       int cw, ch;
7595       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7596       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7597       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7598 #endif
7599
7600     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7601     //
7602     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7603     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7604
7605     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7606     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7607     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7608     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7609     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7610
7611 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7612     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7613     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7614
7615     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7616     wxRect rect;
7617
7618     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7619     {
7620         int colPos;
7621         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<rightCol; colPos++)
7622         {
7623             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7624
7625             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7626             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7627             {
7628                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7629                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7630                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7631             }
7632             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7633             {
7634                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7635                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7636                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7637             }
7638         }
7639     }
7640 #else
7641     wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top );
7642
7643     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7644     wxRect rect;
7645
7646     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7647     {
7648         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7649         {
7650             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7651             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7652             {
7653                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7654                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7655             }
7656             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7657             {
7658                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7659                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7660             }
7661         }
7662     }
7663 #endif
7664
7665     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7666
7667     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7668
7669     // horizontal grid lines
7670     //
7671     // already declared above - int i;
7672     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7673     {
7674         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7675
7676         if ( bot > bottom )
7677         {
7678             break;
7679         }
7680
7681         if ( bot >= top )
7682         {
7683             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7684         }
7685     }
7686
7687     // vertical grid lines
7688     //
7689     int colPos;
7690     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7691     {
7692         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7693
7694         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7695         if ( colRight > right )
7696         {
7697             break;
7698         }
7699
7700         if ( colRight >= left )
7701         {
7702             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7703         }
7704     }
7705
7706     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7707 }
7708
7709 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7710 {
7711     if ( !m_numRows )
7712         return;
7713
7714     size_t i;
7715     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7716
7717     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7718     {
7719         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7720     }
7721 }
7722
7723 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7724 {
7725     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7726         return;
7727
7728     wxRect rect;
7729
7730 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7731     rect.SetX( 1 );
7732     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7733     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7734     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7735
7736     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7737
7738     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7739
7740     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7741 #else
7742     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7743         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7744
7745     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7746     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7747     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7748     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7749
7750     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7751     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7752     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7753 #endif
7754
7755     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7756     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7757     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7758
7759     int hAlign, vAlign;
7760     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7761
7762     rect.SetX( 2 );
7763     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7764     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7765     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7766     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7767 }
7768
7769 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7770 {
7771     if ( !m_numCols )
7772         return;
7773
7774     size_t i;
7775     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7776
7777     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7778     {
7779         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7780     }
7781 }
7782
7783 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7784 {
7785     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7786         return;
7787
7788     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7789
7790     wxRect rect;
7791
7792 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7793     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7794     rect.SetY( 1 );
7795     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7796     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7797
7798     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7799
7800     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7801 #else
7802     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7803
7804     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7805     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7806     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7807     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7808                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7809
7810     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7811     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7812     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7813 #endif
7814
7815     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7816     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7817     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7818
7819     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7820     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7821     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7822
7823     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7824     rect.SetY( 2 );
7825     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7826     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7827     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7828 }
7829
7830 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7831                                 const wxString& value,
7832                                 const wxRect& rect,
7833                                 int horizAlign,
7834                                 int vertAlign,
7835                                 int textOrientation )
7836 {
7837     wxArrayString lines;
7838
7839     StringToLines( value, lines );
7840
7841     // Forward to new API.
7842     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7843         lines,
7844         rect,
7845         horizAlign,
7846         vertAlign,
7847         textOrientation );
7848 }
7849
7850 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
7851 //     add textOrientation support
7852 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
7853                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7854                                const wxRect& rect,
7855                                int horizAlign,
7856                                int vertAlign,
7857                                int textOrientation)
7858 {
7859     if ( lines.empty() )
7860         return;
7861
7862     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
7863
7864     long textWidth,
7865          textHeight;
7866
7867     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7868         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7869     else
7870         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7871
7872     int x = 0,
7873         y = 0;
7874     switch ( vertAlign )
7875     {
7876         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7877             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7878                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7879             else
7880                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7881             break;
7882
7883         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7884             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7885                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7886             else
7887                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7888             break;
7889
7890         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7891         default:
7892             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7893                 y = rect.y + 1;
7894             else
7895                 x = rect.x + 1;
7896             break;
7897     }
7898
7899     // Align each line of a multi-line label
7900     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
7901     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7902     {
7903         const wxString& line = lines[l];
7904
7905         if ( line.empty() )
7906         {
7907             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
7908             continue;
7909         }
7910
7911         long lineWidth,
7912              lineHeight;
7913         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7914
7915         switch ( horizAlign )
7916         {
7917             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7918                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7919                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7920                 else
7921                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7922                 break;
7923
7924             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7925                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7926                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7927                 else
7928                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7929                 break;
7930
7931             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7932             default:
7933                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7934                     x = rect.x + 1;
7935                 else
7936                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7937                 break;
7938         }
7939
7940         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7941         {
7942             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
7943             y += lineHeight;
7944         }
7945         else
7946         {
7947             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
7948             x += lineHeight;
7949         }
7950     }
7951 }
7952
7953 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7954 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7955 //
7956 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7957 {
7958     int startPos = 0;
7959     int pos;
7960     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7961     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7962
7963     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7964     {
7965         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7966         if ( pos < 0 )
7967         {
7968             break;
7969         }
7970         else if ( pos == 0 )
7971         {
7972             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7973         }
7974         else
7975         {
7976             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7977         }
7978
7979         startPos += pos + 1;
7980     }
7981
7982     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7983     {
7984         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7985     }
7986 }
7987
7988 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7989                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7990                              long *width, long *height )
7991 {
7992     long w = 0;
7993     long h = 0;
7994     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7995
7996     size_t i;
7997     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
7998     {
7999         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8000         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8001         h += lineH;
8002     }
8003
8004     *width = w;
8005     *height = h;
8006 }
8007
8008 //
8009 // ------ Batch processing.
8010 //
8011 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8012 {
8013     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8014     {
8015         m_batchCount--;
8016         if ( !m_batchCount )
8017         {
8018             CalcDimensions();
8019             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8020             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8021             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8022             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8023         }
8024     }
8025 }
8026
8027 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8028 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8029 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8030 //
8031 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8032 {
8033     BeginBatch();
8034     EndBatch();
8035 }
8036
8037 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8038 {
8039     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8040         return false;
8041
8042     // redraw in the new state
8043     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8044
8045     return true;
8046 }
8047
8048 //
8049 // ------ Edit control functions
8050 //
8051
8052 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8053 {
8054     // TODO: improve this ?
8055     //
8056     if ( edit != m_editable )
8057     {
8058         if (!edit)
8059             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8060         m_editable = edit;
8061     }
8062 }
8063
8064 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8065 {
8066     if (! m_editable)
8067         return;
8068
8069     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8070     {
8071         if ( enable )
8072         {
8073             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8074                 return;
8075
8076             // this should be checked by the caller!
8077             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8078
8079             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8080             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8081
8082             ShowCellEditControl();
8083         }
8084         else
8085         {
8086             //FIXME:add veto support
8087             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8088
8089             HideCellEditControl();
8090             SaveEditControlValue();
8091
8092             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8093             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8094         }
8095     }
8096 }
8097
8098 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8099 {
8100     // const_cast
8101     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8102     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8103     attr->DecRef();
8104
8105     return readonly;
8106 }
8107
8108 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8109 {
8110     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8111         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8112 }
8113
8114 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8115 {
8116     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8117     // current one if it's read only
8118     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8119 }
8120
8121 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8122 {
8123     bool isShown = false;
8124
8125     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8126     {
8127         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8128         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8129         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8130         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8131         attr->DecRef();
8132
8133         if ( editor )
8134         {
8135             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8136             {
8137                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8138             }
8139
8140             editor->DecRef();
8141         }
8142     }
8143
8144     return isShown;
8145 }
8146
8147 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8148 {
8149     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8150     {
8151         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8152         {
8153             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8154             return;
8155         }
8156         else
8157         {
8158             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8159             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8160             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8161
8162             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8163             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8164             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8165             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8166             {
8167                 row += cell_rows;
8168                 col += cell_cols;
8169                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8170                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8171             }
8172
8173             // convert to scrolled coords
8174             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8175
8176             int nXMove = 0;
8177             if (rect.x < 0)
8178                 nXMove = rect.x;
8179
8180             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8181             // might not cover the entire cell
8182             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8183             PrepareDC( dc );
8184             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetCellAttr(row, col)->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8185             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8186             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8187
8188             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8189             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8190             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8191             // "don't change."
8192             if (rect.x > 0)
8193                 rect.x--;
8194             if (rect.y > 0)
8195                 rect.y--;
8196
8197             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8198             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8199             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8200             {
8201                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8202                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8203
8204                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8205                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8206                                              this,
8207                                              row,
8208                                              col,
8209                                              editor->GetControl());
8210                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8211             }
8212
8213             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8214             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8215             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8216             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8217             {
8218                 int y;
8219                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8220                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8221                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8222             }
8223
8224             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8225             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8226                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8227
8228             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8229             {
8230                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8231                 // may have changed earlier
8232                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8233                 {
8234                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8235                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8236
8237                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8238                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8239                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8240                     {
8241                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8242                     }
8243                     else
8244                         break;
8245                 }
8246
8247                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8248                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8249             }
8250
8251             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8252             editor->SetSize( rect );
8253             if (nXMove != 0)
8254                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8255                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8256                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8257             editor->Show( true, attr );
8258
8259             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8260             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8261             CalcDimensions();
8262
8263             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8264             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8265
8266             editor->DecRef();
8267             attr->DecRef();
8268         }
8269     }
8270 }
8271
8272 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8273 {
8274     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8275     {
8276         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8277         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8278
8279         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8280         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8281         editor->Show( false );
8282         editor->DecRef();
8283         attr->DecRef();
8284
8285         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8286
8287         // refresh whole row to the right
8288         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8289         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8290         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8291
8292 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8293         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8294         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8295 #endif
8296
8297         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8298     }
8299 }
8300
8301 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8302 {
8303     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8304     {
8305         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8306         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8307
8308         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8309
8310         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8311         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8312         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8313
8314         editor->DecRef();
8315         attr->DecRef();
8316
8317         if (changed)
8318         {
8319             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8320                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8321                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8322             {
8323                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8324                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8325             }
8326         }
8327     }
8328 }
8329
8330 //
8331 // ------ Grid location functions
8332 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8333 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8334 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8335 //
8336
8337 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8338 {
8339     int row = YToRow(y);
8340     int col = XToCol(x);
8341
8342     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8343     {
8344         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8345     }
8346     else
8347     {
8348         coords.Set( row, col );
8349     }
8350 }
8351
8352 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8353 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8354 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8355 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8356
8357 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8358                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8359                            bool clipToMinMax)
8360 {
8361     if (coord < 0)
8362         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8363
8364     if (!defaultDist)
8365         defaultDist = 1;
8366
8367     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8368            i_min = 0;
8369
8370     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8371     {
8372         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8373             return i_max;
8374         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8375     }
8376
8377     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8378     {
8379         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8380     }
8381     else
8382     {
8383         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8384         {
8385             i_min = i_max;
8386             if (minDist)
8387                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8388             else
8389                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8390         }
8391
8392         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8393             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8394     }
8395
8396     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8397         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8398     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8399         return 0;
8400
8401     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8402     {
8403         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8404                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8405         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8406             return i_max;
8407         else
8408             i_max--;
8409         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8410         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8411             i_max = median;
8412         else
8413             i_min = median;
8414     }
8415
8416     return i_max;
8417 }
8418
8419 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8420 {
8421     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8422                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8423 }
8424
8425 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax )
8426 {
8427     if (x < 0)
8428         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8429
8430     if (!m_defaultColWidth)
8431         m_defaultColWidth = 1;
8432
8433     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8434     int minPos = 0;
8435
8436     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8437     {
8438         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8439             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8440         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8441     }
8442
8443     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8444         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8445     else
8446     {
8447         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8448         {
8449             minPos = maxPos;
8450             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8451                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8452             else
8453                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8454         }
8455         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8456             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8457     }
8458
8459     //X is beyond the last column
8460     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8461         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8462
8463     //X is before the first column
8464     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8465         return GetColAt( 0 );
8466
8467     //Perform a binary search
8468     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8469     {
8470         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8471                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8472
8473         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8474             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8475         else
8476             maxPos--;
8477         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8478         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8479             maxPos = median;
8480         else
8481             minPos = median;
8482     }
8483     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8484 }
8485
8486 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8487 // -1 if not near an edge
8488 //
8489 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8490 {
8491     int i;
8492     i = internalYToRow(y);
8493
8494     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8495     {
8496         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8497         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8498         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8499             return i;
8500         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8501             return i - 1;
8502     }
8503
8504     return -1;
8505 }
8506
8507 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8508 // -1 if not near an edge
8509 //
8510 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8511 {
8512     int i;
8513     i = internalXToCol(x);
8514
8515     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8516     {
8517         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8518         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8519         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8520             return i;
8521         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8522             return i - 1;
8523     }
8524
8525     return -1;
8526 }
8527
8528 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8529 {
8530     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8531
8532     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8533          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8534     {
8535         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8536         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8537         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8538         // if negative then find multicell owner
8539         if (cell_rows < 0)
8540             row += cell_rows;
8541         if (cell_cols < 0)
8542              col += cell_cols;
8543         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8544
8545         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8546         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8547         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8548             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8549         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8550             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8551     }
8552
8553     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8554     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8555     {
8556         rect.width -= 1;
8557         rect.height -= 1;
8558     }
8559
8560     return rect;
8561 }
8562
8563 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8564 {
8565     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8566     //
8567     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8568
8569     // convert to device coords
8570     //
8571     int left, top, right, bottom;
8572     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8573     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8574
8575     // check against the client area of the grid window
8576     int cw, ch;
8577     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8578
8579     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8580     {
8581         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8582         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8583                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8584     }
8585     else
8586     {
8587         // is the cell partly visible ?
8588         //
8589         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8590                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8591     }
8592 }
8593
8594 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8595 // of scrolling
8596 //
8597 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8598 {
8599     int i;
8600     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8601
8602     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8603          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8604     {
8605         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8606         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8607
8608         // convert to device coords
8609         int left, top, right, bottom;
8610         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8611         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8612
8613         int cw, ch;
8614         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8615
8616         if ( top < 0 )
8617         {
8618             ypos = r.GetTop();
8619         }
8620         else if ( bottom > ch )
8621         {
8622             int h = r.GetHeight();
8623             ypos = r.GetTop();
8624             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8625             {
8626                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8627                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8628                     break;
8629
8630                 h += rowHeight;
8631                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8632             }
8633
8634             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8635             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8636             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8637             //
8638             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8639             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8640             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8641         }
8642
8643         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8644         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8645         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8646 //      if ( left < 0 )
8647         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8648         {
8649             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8650         }
8651         else if ( right > cw )
8652         {
8653             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8654             int x0, y0;
8655             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8656             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8657
8658             // see comment for ypos above
8659             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8660         }
8661
8662         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8663         {
8664             if ( xpos != -1 )
8665                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8666             if ( ypos != -1 )
8667                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8668             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8669             AdjustScrollbars();
8670         }
8671     }
8672 }
8673
8674 //
8675 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8676 //
8677
8678 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8679 {
8680     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8681          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8682     {
8683         if ( expandSelection )
8684         {
8685             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8686                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8687             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8688             {
8689                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8690                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8691                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8692                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8693             }
8694         }
8695         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8696         {
8697             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8698             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8699             ClearSelection();
8700             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8701             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8702         }
8703         else
8704             return false;
8705
8706         return true;
8707     }
8708
8709     return false;
8710 }
8711
8712 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8713 {
8714     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8715          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8716     {
8717         if ( expandSelection )
8718         {
8719             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8720                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8721             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8722             {
8723                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8724                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8725                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8726                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8727             }
8728         }
8729         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8730         {
8731             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8732             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8733             ClearSelection();
8734             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8735             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8736         }
8737         else
8738             return false;
8739
8740         return true;
8741     }
8742
8743     return false;
8744 }
8745
8746 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8747 {
8748     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8749          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8750     {
8751         if ( expandSelection )
8752         {
8753             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8754                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8755             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8756             {
8757                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8758                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8759                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8760                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8761             }
8762         }
8763         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8764         {
8765             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8766             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8767             ClearSelection();
8768
8769             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8770             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8771         }
8772         else
8773             return false;
8774
8775         return true;
8776     }
8777
8778     return false;
8779 }
8780
8781 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8782 {
8783     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8784          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8785     {
8786         if ( expandSelection )
8787         {
8788             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8789                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8790             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8791             {
8792                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8793                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8794                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8795                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8796             }
8797         }
8798         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8799         {
8800             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8801             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8802             ClearSelection();
8803
8804             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8805             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8806         }
8807         else
8808             return false;
8809
8810         return true;
8811     }
8812
8813     return false;
8814 }
8815
8816 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8817 {
8818     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8819         return false;
8820
8821     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8822     if ( row > 0 )
8823     {
8824         int cw, ch;
8825         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8826
8827         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8828         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8829
8830         if ( newRow == row )
8831         {
8832             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8833             newRow = row - 1;
8834         }
8835
8836         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8837         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8838
8839         return true;
8840     }
8841
8842     return false;
8843 }
8844
8845 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8846 {
8847     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8848         return false;
8849
8850     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8851     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8852     {
8853         int cw, ch;
8854         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8855
8856         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8857         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8858         if ( newRow == row )
8859         {
8860             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
8861             newRow = row + 1;
8862         }
8863
8864         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8865         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8866
8867         return true;
8868     }
8869
8870     return false;
8871 }
8872
8873 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8874 {
8875     if ( m_table &&
8876          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8877          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8878     {
8879         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8880         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8881
8882         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8883         {
8884             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8885             // non-empty cells
8886             //
8887             while ( row > 0 )
8888             {
8889                 row--;
8890                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8891                     break;
8892             }
8893         }
8894         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8895         {
8896             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8897             //
8898             row--;
8899             while ( row > 0 )
8900             {
8901                 row--;
8902                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8903                     break;
8904             }
8905         }
8906         else
8907         {
8908             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8909             //
8910             while ( row > 0 )
8911             {
8912                 row--;
8913                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8914                 {
8915                     row++;
8916                     break;
8917                 }
8918             }
8919         }
8920
8921         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8922         if ( expandSelection )
8923         {
8924             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8925             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8926         }
8927         else
8928         {
8929             ClearSelection();
8930             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8931         }
8932
8933         return true;
8934     }
8935
8936     return false;
8937 }
8938
8939 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8940 {
8941     if ( m_table &&
8942          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8943          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8944     {
8945         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8946         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8947
8948         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8949         {
8950             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8951             // non-empty cells
8952             //
8953             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8954             {
8955                 row++;
8956                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8957                     break;
8958             }
8959         }
8960         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8961         {
8962             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8963             //
8964             row++;
8965             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8966             {
8967                 row++;
8968                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8969                     break;
8970             }
8971         }
8972         else
8973         {
8974             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8975             //
8976             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8977             {
8978                 row++;
8979                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8980                 {
8981                     row--;
8982                     break;
8983                 }
8984             }
8985         }
8986
8987         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8988         if ( expandSelection )
8989         {
8990             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8991             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8992         }
8993         else
8994         {
8995             ClearSelection();
8996             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8997         }
8998
8999         return true;
9000     }
9001
9002     return false;
9003 }
9004
9005 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9006 {
9007     if ( m_table &&
9008          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9009          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9010     {
9011         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9012         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9013
9014         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9015         {
9016             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9017             // non-empty cells
9018             //
9019             while ( col > 0 )
9020             {
9021                 col--;
9022                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9023                     break;
9024             }
9025         }
9026         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9027         {
9028             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9029             //
9030             col--;
9031             while ( col > 0 )
9032             {
9033                 col--;
9034                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9035                     break;
9036             }
9037         }
9038         else
9039         {
9040             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9041             //
9042             while ( col > 0 )
9043             {
9044                 col--;
9045                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9046                 {
9047                     col++;
9048                     break;
9049                 }
9050             }
9051         }
9052
9053         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9054         if ( expandSelection )
9055         {
9056             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9057             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9058         }
9059         else
9060         {
9061             ClearSelection();
9062             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9063         }
9064
9065         return true;
9066     }
9067
9068     return false;
9069 }
9070
9071 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9072 {
9073     if ( m_table &&
9074          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9075          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9076     {
9077         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9078         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9079
9080         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9081         {
9082             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9083             // non-empty cells
9084             //
9085             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9086             {
9087                 col++;
9088                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9089                     break;
9090             }
9091         }
9092         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9093         {
9094             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9095             //
9096             col++;
9097             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9098             {
9099                 col++;
9100                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9101                     break;
9102             }
9103         }
9104         else
9105         {
9106             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9107             //
9108             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9109             {
9110                 col++;
9111                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9112                 {
9113                     col--;
9114                     break;
9115                 }
9116             }
9117         }
9118
9119         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9120         if ( expandSelection )
9121         {
9122             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9123             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9124         }
9125         else
9126         {
9127             ClearSelection();
9128             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9129         }
9130
9131         return true;
9132     }
9133
9134     return false;
9135 }
9136
9137 //
9138 // ------ Label values and formatting
9139 //
9140
9141 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9142 {
9143     if ( horiz )
9144         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9145     if ( vert )
9146         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9147 }
9148
9149 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9150 {
9151     if ( horiz )
9152         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9153     if ( vert )
9154         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9155 }
9156
9157 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
9158 {
9159     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9160 }
9161
9162 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
9163 {
9164     if ( m_table )
9165     {
9166         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9167     }
9168     else
9169     {
9170         wxString s;
9171         s << row;
9172         return s;
9173     }
9174 }
9175
9176 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
9177 {
9178     if ( m_table )
9179     {
9180         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9181     }
9182     else
9183     {
9184         wxString s;
9185         s << col;
9186         return s;
9187     }
9188 }
9189
9190 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9191 {
9192     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
9193     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9194     {
9195         if ( width == 0 )
9196         {
9197             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9198             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9199         }
9200         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9201         {
9202             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9203             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9204                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9205         }
9206
9207         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9208         CalcWindowSizes();
9209         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9210     }
9211 }
9212
9213 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9214 {
9215     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
9216     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9217     {
9218         if ( height == 0 )
9219         {
9220             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9221             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9222         }
9223         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9224         {
9225             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9226             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9227                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9228         }
9229
9230         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9231         CalcWindowSizes();
9232         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9233     }
9234 }
9235
9236 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9237 {
9238     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9239     {
9240         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9241         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9242         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9243         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9244
9245         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9246         {
9247             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9248             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9249             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9250         }
9251     }
9252 }
9253
9254 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9255 {
9256     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9257     {
9258         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9259         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9260         {
9261             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9262             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9263         }
9264     }
9265 }
9266
9267 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9268 {
9269     m_labelFont = font;
9270     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9271     {
9272         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9273         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9274     }
9275 }
9276
9277 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9278 {
9279     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9280     switch ( horiz )
9281     {
9282         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9283         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9284         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9285     }
9286
9287     switch ( vert )
9288     {
9289         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9290         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9291         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9292     }
9293
9294     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9295     {
9296         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9297     }
9298
9299     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9300     {
9301         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9302     }
9303
9304     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9305     {
9306         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9307     }
9308 }
9309
9310 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9311 {
9312     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9313     switch ( horiz )
9314     {
9315         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9316         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9317         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9318     }
9319
9320     switch ( vert )
9321     {
9322         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9323         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9324         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9325     }
9326
9327     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9328     {
9329         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9330     }
9331
9332     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9333     {
9334         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9335     }
9336
9337     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9338     {
9339         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9340     }
9341 }
9342
9343 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9344 //       does not support vertical printing
9345 //
9346 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9347 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9348 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9349 //
9350 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9351 {
9352     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9353         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9354
9355     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9356         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9357 }
9358
9359 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9360 {
9361     if ( m_table )
9362     {
9363         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9364         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9365         {
9366             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9367             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9368             {
9369                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9370                 rect.x = 0;
9371                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9372                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9373             }
9374         }
9375     }
9376 }
9377
9378 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9379 {
9380     if ( m_table )
9381     {
9382         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9383         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9384         {
9385             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9386             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9387             {
9388                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9389                 rect.y = 0;
9390                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9391                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9392             }
9393         }
9394     }
9395 }
9396
9397 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9398 {
9399     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9400     {
9401         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9402
9403         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9404         PrepareDC( dc );
9405         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9406     }
9407 }
9408
9409 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9410 {
9411     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9412     {
9413         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9414
9415         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9416         PrepareDC( dc );
9417         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9418         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9419         attr->DecRef();
9420     }
9421 }
9422
9423 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9424 {
9425     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9426     {
9427         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9428
9429         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9430         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9431         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9432         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9433         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9434             return;
9435
9436         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9437         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9438     }
9439 }
9440
9441 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9442 {
9443     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9444     {
9445         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9446
9447         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9448         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9449         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9450         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9451         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9452             return;
9453
9454         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9455         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9456     }
9457 }
9458
9459 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9460 {
9461     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9462     {
9463         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9464
9465         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9466         {
9467             if ( enable )
9468             {
9469                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9470                 PrepareDC( dc );
9471                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9472             }
9473             else
9474             {
9475                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9476             }
9477         }
9478     }
9479 }
9480
9481 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9482 {
9483     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9484 }
9485
9486 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9487 {
9488     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9489
9490     return GetRowHeight(row);
9491 }
9492
9493 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9494 {
9495     return m_defaultColWidth;
9496 }
9497
9498 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9499 {
9500     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9501
9502     return GetColWidth(col);
9503 }
9504
9505 // ============================================================================
9506 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9507 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9508 // ============================================================================
9509
9510 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9511 // setting default attributes
9512 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9513
9514 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9515 {
9516     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9517 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9518     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9519 #endif
9520 }
9521
9522 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9523 {
9524     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9525 }
9526
9527 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9528 {
9529     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9530 }
9531
9532 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9533 {
9534     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9535 }
9536
9537 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9538 {
9539     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9540 }
9541
9542 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9543 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9544 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9545 // work correctly.
9546
9547 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9548 {
9549     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9550                      renderer,
9551                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9552 }
9553
9554 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9555 {
9556     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9557                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9558                      editor);
9559 }
9560
9561 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9562 // access to the default attrbiutes
9563 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9564
9565 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9566 {
9567     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9568 }
9569
9570 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9571 {
9572     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9573 }
9574
9575 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9576 {
9577     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9578 }
9579
9580 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9581 {
9582     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9583 }
9584
9585 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9586 {
9587     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9588 }
9589
9590 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9591 {
9592     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9593 }
9594
9595 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9596 {
9597     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9598 }
9599
9600 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9601 // access to cell attributes
9602 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9603
9604 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9605 {
9606     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9607     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9608     attr->DecRef();
9609
9610     return colour;
9611 }
9612
9613 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9614 {
9615     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9616     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9617     attr->DecRef();
9618
9619     return colour;
9620 }
9621
9622 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9623 {
9624     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9625     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9626     attr->DecRef();
9627
9628     return font;
9629 }
9630
9631 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9632 {
9633     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9634     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9635     attr->DecRef();
9636 }
9637
9638 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9639 {
9640     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9641     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9642     attr->DecRef();
9643
9644     return allow;
9645 }
9646
9647 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9648 {
9649     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9650     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9651     attr->DecRef();
9652 }
9653
9654 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9655 {
9656     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9657     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9658     attr->DecRef();
9659
9660     return renderer;
9661 }
9662
9663 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9664 {
9665     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9666     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9667     attr->DecRef();
9668
9669     return editor;
9670 }
9671
9672 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9673 {
9674     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9675     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9676     attr->DecRef();
9677
9678     return isReadOnly;
9679 }
9680
9681 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9682 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9683 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9684
9685 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9686 {
9687     if ( !m_table )
9688     {
9689         return false;
9690     }
9691
9692     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9693 }
9694
9695 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9696 {
9697     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9698     {
9699         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9700         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9701         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9702     }
9703 }
9704
9705 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9706 {
9707     if ( attr != NULL )
9708     {
9709         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9710
9711         self->ClearAttrCache();
9712         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9713         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9714         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9715         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9716     }
9717 }
9718
9719 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9720 {
9721     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9722     {
9723         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9724         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9725
9726 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9727         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9728 #endif
9729
9730         return true;
9731     }
9732     else
9733     {
9734 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9735         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9736 #endif
9737
9738         return false;
9739     }
9740 }
9741
9742 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9743 {
9744     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9745     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9746     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9747     if ( row >= 0 )
9748     {
9749         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9750         {
9751             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9752                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9753             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9754         }
9755     }
9756
9757     if (attr)
9758     {
9759         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9760     }
9761     else
9762     {
9763         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9764         attr->IncRef();
9765     }
9766
9767     return attr;
9768 }
9769
9770 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9771 {
9772     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9773     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9774
9775     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9776     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9777
9778     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9779     if ( !attr )
9780     {
9781         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9782
9783         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9784         attr->IncRef();
9785         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9786     }
9787
9788     return attr;
9789 }
9790
9791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9792 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9794
9795 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9796 {
9797     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9798 }
9799
9800 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9801 {
9802     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9803 }
9804
9805 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9806 {
9807     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9808     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9809     {
9810         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9811     }
9812
9813     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9814 }
9815
9816 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9817 {
9818     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9819     if (!attr)
9820         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9821     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9822     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9823
9824     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9825
9826 }
9827
9828 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9829 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9831
9832 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9833 {
9834     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9835     {
9836         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9837         ClearAttrCache();
9838     }
9839     else
9840     {
9841         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9842     }
9843 }
9844
9845 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9846 {
9847     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9848     {
9849         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9850         ClearAttrCache();
9851     }
9852     else
9853     {
9854         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9855     }
9856 }
9857
9858 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9859 {
9860     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9861     {
9862         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9863         ClearAttrCache();
9864     }
9865     else
9866     {
9867         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9868     }
9869 }
9870
9871 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9872 {
9873     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9874     {
9875         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9876         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9877         attr->DecRef();
9878     }
9879 }
9880
9881 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9882 {
9883     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9884     {
9885         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9886         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9887         attr->DecRef();
9888     }
9889 }
9890
9891 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9892 {
9893     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9894     {
9895         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9896         attr->SetFont(font);
9897         attr->DecRef();
9898     }
9899 }
9900
9901 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9902 {
9903     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9904     {
9905         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9906         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9907         attr->DecRef();
9908     }
9909 }
9910
9911 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9912 {
9913     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9914     {
9915         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9916         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9917         attr->DecRef();
9918     }
9919 }
9920
9921 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9922 {
9923     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9924     {
9925         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9926
9927         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9928         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9929         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9930         attr->DecRef();
9931
9932         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9933         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9934         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9935         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9936         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9937                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9938         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9939                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9940
9941         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9942         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9943         {
9944             int i, j;
9945             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9946             {
9947                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9948                 {
9949                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9950                     {
9951                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9952                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9953                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9954                     }
9955                 }
9956             }
9957         }
9958
9959         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9960         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9961         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9962         {
9963             int i, j;
9964             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9965             {
9966                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9967                 {
9968                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9969                     {
9970                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9971                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9972                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9973                     }
9974                 }
9975             }
9976         }
9977     }
9978 }
9979
9980 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9981 {
9982     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9983     {
9984         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9985         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9986         attr->DecRef();
9987     }
9988 }
9989
9990 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9991 {
9992     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9993     {
9994         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9995         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9996         attr->DecRef();
9997     }
9998 }
9999
10000 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10001 {
10002     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10003     {
10004         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10005         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10006         attr->DecRef();
10007     }
10008 }
10009
10010 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10011 // Data type registration
10012 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10013
10014 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10015                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10016                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10017 {
10018     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10019 }
10020
10021
10022 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10023 {
10024     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10025     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10026 }
10027
10028 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10029 {
10030     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10031     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10032 }
10033
10034 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10035 {
10036     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10037     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10038     {
10039         wxString errStr;
10040
10041         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10042         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10043
10044         return NULL;
10045     }
10046
10047     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10048 }
10049
10050 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10051 {
10052     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10053     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10054     {
10055         wxString errStr;
10056
10057         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10058         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10059
10060         return NULL;
10061     }
10062
10063     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10064 }
10065
10066 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10067 // row/col size
10068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10069
10070 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10071 {
10072     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10073 }
10074
10075 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10076 {
10077     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10078 }
10079
10080 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10081 {
10082     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10083 }
10084
10085 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10086 {
10087     m_canDragCell = enable;
10088 }
10089
10090 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10091 {
10092     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10093
10094     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10095     {
10096         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10097         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10098         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10099         // some speed optimisations)
10100         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10101         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10102         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10103             CalcDimensions();
10104     }
10105 }
10106
10107 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10108 {
10109     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10110
10111     // See comment in SetColSize
10112     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10113         return;
10114
10115     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10116     {
10117         // need to really create the array
10118         InitRowHeights();
10119     }
10120
10121     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10122     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10123
10124     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10125     int i;
10126     for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10127     {
10128         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10129     }
10130
10131     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10132         CalcDimensions();
10133 }
10134
10135 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10136 {
10137     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
10138
10139     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10140     {
10141         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10142         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10143         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10144         // some speed optimisations)
10145         m_colWidths.Empty();
10146         m_colRights.Empty();
10147         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10148             CalcDimensions();
10149     }
10150 }
10151
10152 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10153 {
10154     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10155
10156     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10157     //                                                                 (VZ)
10158     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10159     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10160     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10161     //
10162     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10163
10164     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10165         return;
10166
10167     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10168     {
10169         // need to really create the array
10170         InitColWidths();
10171     }
10172
10173     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10174     if ( width < 0 )
10175     {
10176         long w, h;
10177         wxArrayString lines;
10178         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10179         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10180         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10181         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10182         width = w + 6;
10183     }
10184
10185     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10186     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10187     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10188
10189     int i;
10190     int colPos;
10191     for ( colPos = GetColPos( col ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10192     {
10193         i = GetColAt( colPos );
10194         m_colRights[i] += diff;
10195     }
10196
10197     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10198         CalcDimensions();
10199 }
10200
10201 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10202 {
10203     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10204     {
10205         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10206         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10207     }
10208 }
10209
10210 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10211 {
10212     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10213     {
10214         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10215         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10216     }
10217 }
10218
10219 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10220 {
10221     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10222     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10223
10224     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10225 }
10226
10227 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10228 {
10229     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10230     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10231
10232     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10233 }
10234
10235 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10236 {
10237     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10238     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10239     if ( width >= 0 )
10240         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10241 }
10242
10243 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10244 {
10245     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10246     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10247     if ( height >= 0 )
10248         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10249 }
10250
10251 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10252 {
10253     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10254 }
10255
10256 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10257 {
10258     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10259 }
10260
10261 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10262 // auto sizing
10263 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10264
10265 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
10266 {
10267     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10268
10269     // cancel editing of cell
10270     HideCellEditControl();
10271     SaveEditControlValue();
10272
10273     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10274     int row = -1,
10275         col = -1;
10276     if ( column )
10277         col = colOrRow;
10278     else
10279         row = colOrRow;
10280
10281     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10282     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10283     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10284     {
10285         if ( column )
10286             row = rowOrCol;
10287         else
10288             col = rowOrCol;
10289
10290         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10291         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10292         if ( renderer )
10293         {
10294             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10295             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10296             if ( extent > extentMax )
10297                 extentMax = extent;
10298
10299             renderer->DecRef();
10300         }
10301
10302         attr->DecRef();
10303     }
10304
10305     // now also compare with the column label extent
10306     wxCoord w, h;
10307     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10308
10309     if ( column )
10310     {
10311         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10312         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10313             w = h;
10314     }
10315     else
10316         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10317
10318     extent = column ? w : h;
10319     if ( extent > extentMax )
10320         extentMax = extent;
10321
10322     if ( !extentMax )
10323     {
10324         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10325         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10326         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10327     }
10328     else
10329     {
10330         if ( column )
10331             // leave some space around text
10332             extentMax += 10;
10333         else
10334             extentMax += 6;
10335     }
10336
10337     if ( column )
10338     {
10339         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10340         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10341         {
10342             int cw, ch, dummy;
10343             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10344             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10345             rect.y = 0;
10346             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10347             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10348             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10349             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10350         }
10351     }
10352     else
10353     {
10354         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10355         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10356         {
10357             int cw, ch, dummy;
10358             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10359             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10360             rect.x = 0;
10361             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10362             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10363             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10364             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10365         }
10366     }
10367
10368     if ( setAsMin )
10369     {
10370         if ( column )
10371             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10372         else
10373             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10374     }
10375 }
10376
10377 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10378 {
10379     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10380
10381     if ( !calcOnly )
10382         BeginBatch();
10383
10384     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10385     {
10386         if ( !calcOnly )
10387             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10388
10389         width += GetColWidth(col);
10390     }
10391
10392     if ( !calcOnly )
10393         EndBatch();
10394
10395     return width;
10396 }
10397
10398 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10399 {
10400     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10401
10402     if ( !calcOnly )
10403         BeginBatch();
10404
10405     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10406     {
10407         if ( !calcOnly )
10408             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10409
10410         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10411     }
10412
10413     if ( !calcOnly )
10414         EndBatch();
10415
10416     return height;
10417 }
10418
10419 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10420 {
10421     BeginBatch();
10422
10423     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10424
10425     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10426     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10427     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10428     // scrollbar steps
10429     wxSize sizeFit(
10430         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10431         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10432
10433     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10434     // extra white space
10435
10436     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10437     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10438     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10439     {
10440         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10441         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10442         if ( diffPerCol )
10443         {
10444             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10445             {
10446                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10447             }
10448         }
10449
10450         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10451         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10452         if ( diff )
10453         {
10454             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10455             {
10456                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10457             }
10458         }
10459     }
10460
10461     // same for rows
10462     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10463     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10464     {
10465         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10466         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10467         if ( diffPerRow )
10468         {
10469             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10470             {
10471                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10472             }
10473         }
10474
10475         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10476         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10477         if ( diff )
10478         {
10479             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10480             {
10481                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10482             }
10483         }
10484     }
10485
10486     EndBatch();
10487
10488     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10489 }
10490
10491 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10492 {
10493     wxArrayString lines;
10494     long w, h;
10495
10496     // Hide the edit control, so it
10497     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10498     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10499     {
10500         HideCellEditControl();
10501         SaveEditControlValue();
10502     }
10503
10504     // autosize row height depending on label text
10505     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10506     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10507     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10508     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10509         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10510     SetRowSize(row, h);
10511     ForceRefresh();
10512 }
10513
10514 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10515 {
10516     wxArrayString lines;
10517     long w, h;
10518
10519     // Hide the edit control, so it
10520     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10521     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10522     {
10523         HideCellEditControl();
10524         SaveEditControlValue();
10525     }
10526
10527     // autosize column width depending on label text
10528     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10529     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10530     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10531         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10532     else
10533         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10534     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10535         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10536     SetColSize(col, w);
10537     ForceRefresh();
10538 }
10539
10540 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10541 {
10542     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10543     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10544
10545     int width, height;
10546     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10547     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10548
10549     if (!width)
10550         width = 100;
10551     if (!height)
10552         height = 80;
10553
10554     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10555     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars;
10556     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10557     int xpu, ypu;
10558     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10559     if (xpu)
10560         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10561     if (ypu)
10562         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10563
10564     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10565     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10566     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10567     maxwidth /= 2;
10568     maxheight /= 2;
10569     if ( width > maxwidth )
10570         width = maxwidth;
10571     if ( height > maxheight )
10572         height = maxheight;
10573
10574     wxSize best(width, height);
10575
10576     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10577     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10578     // calculation.
10579     // CacheBestSize(size);
10580
10581     return best;
10582 }
10583
10584 void wxGrid::Fit()
10585 {
10586     AutoSize();
10587 }
10588
10589 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10590 {
10591     return wxNullPen;
10592 }
10593
10594 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10595 // cell value accessor functions
10596 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10597
10598 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10599 {
10600     if ( m_table )
10601     {
10602         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10603         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10604         {
10605             int dummy;
10606             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10607             rect.x = 0;
10608             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10609             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10610             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10611         }
10612
10613         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10614              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10615              IsCellEditControlShown())
10616              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10617              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10618              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10619         {
10620             HideCellEditControl();
10621             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10622         }
10623     }
10624 }
10625
10626 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10627 // block, row and column selection
10628 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10629
10630 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10631 {
10632     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10633         ClearSelection();
10634
10635     if ( m_selection )
10636         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10637 }
10638
10639 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10640 {
10641     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10642         ClearSelection();
10643
10644     if ( m_selection )
10645         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10646 }
10647
10648 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10649                           bool addToSelected )
10650 {
10651     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10652         ClearSelection();
10653
10654     if ( m_selection )
10655         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10656                                   false, addToSelected );
10657 }
10658
10659 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10660 {
10661     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10662     {
10663         if ( m_selection )
10664             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10665     }
10666 }
10667
10668 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10669 // cell, row and col deselection
10670 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10671
10672 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10673 {
10674     if ( !m_selection )
10675         return;
10676
10677     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10678     {
10679         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10680             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10681     }
10682     else
10683     {
10684         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10685         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10686         {
10687             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10688                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10689         }
10690     }
10691 }
10692
10693 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10694 {
10695     if ( !m_selection )
10696         return;
10697
10698     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10699     {
10700         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10701             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10702     }
10703     else
10704     {
10705         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10706         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10707         {
10708             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10709                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10710         }
10711     }
10712 }
10713
10714 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10715 {
10716     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10717         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10718 }
10719
10720 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10721 {
10722     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10723              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10724                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10725 }
10726
10727 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10728 {
10729     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10730              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10731                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10732                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10733                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10734 }
10735
10736 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10737 {
10738     if (!m_selection)
10739     {
10740         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10741         return a;
10742     }
10743
10744     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10745 }
10746
10747 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10748 {
10749     if (!m_selection)
10750     {
10751         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10752         return a;
10753     }
10754
10755     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10756 }
10757
10758 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10759 {
10760     if (!m_selection)
10761     {
10762         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10763         return a;
10764     }
10765
10766     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10767 }
10768
10769 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10770 {
10771     if (!m_selection)
10772     {
10773         wxArrayInt a;
10774         return a;
10775     }
10776
10777     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10778 }
10779
10780 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10781 {
10782     if (!m_selection)
10783     {
10784         wxArrayInt a;
10785         return a;
10786     }
10787
10788     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10789 }
10790
10791 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10792 {
10793     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10794     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10795     if ( m_selection )
10796         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10797 }
10798
10799 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10800 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10801 //
10802 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10803                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10804 {
10805     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10806     wxRect cellRect;
10807
10808     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10809     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10810     {
10811         rect = cellRect;
10812     }
10813     else
10814     {
10815         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10816     }
10817
10818     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10819     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10820     {
10821         rect += cellRect;
10822     }
10823     else
10824     {
10825         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10826     }
10827
10828     int i, j;
10829     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10830     int top = rect.GetTop();
10831     int right = rect.GetRight();
10832     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10833
10834     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10835     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10836     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10837     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10838
10839     if (left > right)
10840     {
10841         i = left;
10842         left = right;
10843         right = i;
10844         i = leftCol;
10845         leftCol = rightCol;
10846         rightCol = i;
10847     }
10848
10849     if (top > bottom)
10850     {
10851         i = top;
10852         top = bottom;
10853         bottom = i;
10854         i = topRow;
10855         topRow = bottomRow;
10856         bottomRow = i;
10857     }
10858
10859     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10860     {
10861         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10862         {
10863             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10864             {
10865                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10866
10867                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10868                     left = cellRect.x;
10869                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10870                     top = cellRect.y;
10871                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10872                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10873                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10874                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10875             }
10876             else
10877             {
10878                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10879             }
10880         }
10881     }
10882
10883     // convert to scrolled coords
10884     //
10885     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10886     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10887
10888     int cw, ch;
10889     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10890
10891     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10892         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10893
10894     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10895     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10896     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10897     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10898
10899     return rect;
10900 }
10901
10902 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10903 // grid event classes
10904 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10905
10906 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10907
10908 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10909                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10910                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10911         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10912 {
10913     m_row = row;
10914     m_col = col;
10915     m_x = x;
10916     m_y = y;
10917     m_selecting = sel;
10918     m_control = control;
10919     m_shift = shift;
10920     m_alt = alt;
10921     m_meta = meta;
10922
10923     SetEventObject(obj);
10924 }
10925
10926
10927 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10928
10929 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10930                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10931                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10932         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10933 {
10934     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10935     m_x = x;
10936     m_y = y;
10937     m_control = control;
10938     m_shift = shift;
10939     m_alt = alt;
10940     m_meta = meta;
10941
10942     SetEventObject(obj);
10943 }
10944
10945
10946 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10947
10948 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10949                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10950                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10951                                                bool sel, bool control,
10952                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10953         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10954 {
10955     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10956     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10957     m_selecting = sel;
10958     m_control = control;
10959     m_shift = shift;
10960     m_alt = alt;
10961     m_meta = meta;
10962
10963     SetEventObject(obj);
10964 }
10965
10966
10967 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10968
10969 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10970                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10971                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10972     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10973 {
10974     SetEventObject(obj);
10975     m_row = row;
10976     m_col = col;
10977     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10978 }
10979
10980 #endif // wxUSE_GRID